WO2022083627A1 - Transmission method and device - Google Patents

Transmission method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022083627A1
WO2022083627A1 PCT/CN2021/124929 CN2021124929W WO2022083627A1 WO 2022083627 A1 WO2022083627 A1 WO 2022083627A1 CN 2021124929 W CN2021124929 W CN 2021124929W WO 2022083627 A1 WO2022083627 A1 WO 2022083627A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bearer
pdcp
data packet
information
terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/124929
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周叶
周锐
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2022083627A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022083627A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • H04W36/18Performing reselection for specific purposes for allowing seamless reselection, e.g. soft reselection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/02Data link layer protocols

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a transmission method and device.
  • a multicast mechanism is proposed in the related art, which allows the network to send a single piece of downlink data by using a specific wireless resource, and multiple user terminals simultaneously receive this piece of downlink data.
  • traditional downlink data that can only be received by one user terminal is called a unicast mechanism.
  • the related technology puts forward the following requirements: for each point to multipoint (Point to Multipoint, PTM) mechanism to send For downstream data flow, the network side can still send it to a specific user terminal in a point-to-point (Point to Point, PTP) mode as appropriate. That is, the network should be able to dynamically adjust the downlink transmission mode between the PTM and PTP modes for a certain user terminal.
  • PTM Point to Multipoint
  • PTP Point to Point
  • the handover source node can forward it to the target cell for transmission, that is, "data forwarding"; If the downlink data is multicast data, even if it is sent by PTM in the source cell, since only the user terminal being handed over needs to receive the data, the data should still be sent by PTP. After receiving, send new data through PTM.
  • the present disclosure provides a transmission method and device for solving the problem of discontinuous data transmission if there is a downlink transmission mode switch and/or a switch involving changing the network element where the PDCP is located during downlink data transmission.
  • the present disclosure provides a transmission method, which is applied to a first radio access network element, including:
  • the first radio access network element sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, Or used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer
  • the second bearer is a target radio bearer
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first radio access network element releases the first bearer.
  • the method further includes:
  • One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  • the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first radio access network element determines the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  • the method before the step of sending the first information to the terminal by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
  • the first radio access network element receives sixth information sent by the second radio access network element, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
  • the present disclosure also provides a transmission method, applied to a terminal, including:
  • the terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer , or used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal has successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as the If the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
  • the terminal has successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet. If the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the terminal after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal If the terminal successfully receives the fifth PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
  • the terminal after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal If the terminal successfully receives the sixth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
  • the terminal after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal releases the first bearer.
  • the present disclosure also provides a transmission method, which is applied to a user plane functional module in a core network, including:
  • the user plane function module receives seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
  • the user plane function module sends an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and sends an end marker for the access network element corresponding to the second address.
  • the terminal and for the start marker of the first service data are the same.
  • the present disclosure also provides a wireless access network element, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • Send first information to the terminal where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or the first information of the terminal. Correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first bearer is released.
  • the method before the sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  • the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the first information is determined according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  • the method before the step of sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the present disclosure also provides a terminal, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
  • the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet .
  • the method further includes:
  • the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet .
  • the method further includes:
  • the first bearer is released.
  • the present disclosure also provides a user plane function module, the user plane function module is located in the core network, and includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
  • a memory for storing a computer program
  • a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor
  • a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
  • the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
  • the start tag of the first service data is described.
  • the present disclosure also provides a wireless access network element, including:
  • the first information sending unit is configured to send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the present disclosure also provides a terminal, including:
  • a first information receiving unit configured to receive first information sent by a first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer The corresponding relationship between, or used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the present disclosure also provides a user plane function module, the user plane function module is located in the core network, including:
  • the change instruction unit is used to receive the seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
  • a data transmission instructing unit configured to send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send the end marker to the access network element corresponding to the second address A start marker for the terminal and for the first service data.
  • the present disclosure also provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the above methods.
  • the radio access network informs the user terminal of the correspondence between the PDCP count values or sequence numbers of the two radio bearers before and after the handover, thereby ensuring service continuity.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the 5G NR network architecture
  • Embodiment 2 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure
  • Embodiment 3 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method in Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within a gNB in an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within a gNB according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of handover between different gNBs in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another handover between different gNBs in an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network element of a wireless access network according to Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane functional module in Embodiment 6 of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network element of a wireless access network according to Embodiment 7 of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in Embodiment 8 of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane function module in Embodiment 9 of the present disclosure.
  • the term "and/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships. For example, A and/or B can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone these three situations.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship.
  • the term “plurality” refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • the related art proposes the function of "air interface PTM transmission", which allows the network side of a wireless cell to send a single copy of downlink data using specific radio resources, and multiple user terminals simultaneously receive and decode the downlink data. , so as to achieve the purpose of sending downlink data to multiple user terminals by the network using one wireless communication resource.
  • This mode is called PTM.
  • the network sends a single piece of downlink data through a specific radio resource, and only one user terminal receives and decodes the transmission mode is called PTP.
  • a cell can dynamically adjust the air interface transmission parameters according to the channel quality between the base station and the unicast receiving terminal, such as adjusting the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) and beam direction to maximize the frequency spectrum usage efficiency.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the signal transmission of the base station needs to take care of all user terminals within the cell range as much as possible, which may even include not in the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection state, so the network does not know its location and channel. quality user terminal.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the network side often has to adopt relatively conservative air interface transmission parameters, such as MCS with lower code rate and omnidirectional transmission, that is, using more air interface resources to transmit less information.
  • Multicast is applicable to various scenarios, including services such as live broadcast of civilian video platforms, which have stricter latency requirements and looser reliability requirements, and others, such as police information distribution, which have looser latency requirements and stricter reliability requirements.
  • services such as live broadcast of civilian video platforms, which have stricter latency requirements and looser reliability requirements, and others, such as police information distribution, which have looser latency requirements and stricter reliability requirements.
  • Business For the latter, generally, every terminal that receives the service can receive all the data in the service as much as possible.
  • the 5G NR network architecture is divided into two parts: the core network and the access network.
  • network elements closely related to handover include AMF, SMF and UPF.
  • AMF refers to the Access and Mobility Management Function (Access and Mobility Management Function), which is the core module in the network. Each user terminal is connected to only one AMF at the same time.
  • Access and Mobility Management Function Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF refers to a session management function module (Session Management Function).
  • the AMF manages the SMF through the N smf interface, such as requesting the SMF to establish, modify, and release the service context.
  • the business data in 5G is managed in the form of sessions according to business attributes, IP routing of the backbone network, etc. Each session is managed by only one SMF. In each session, according to the QoS requirements of different service data, it can be subdivided into one or more service flows.
  • the UPF refers to User Plane Function.
  • the SMF manages the UPF through the N4 interface, such as requesting the UPF to establish, modify, and release a transmission channel for service data.
  • the northbound UPF exchanges service data with the external data network (eg, backbone network) through the N6 interface
  • the southbound exchanges service data with the access network through the N3 interface.
  • the access network is a 5G wireless access network
  • the N3 interface is also called the NG-U interface, that is, the user plane part of the NG interface.
  • a data link is also sent through two UPFs successively, and the interface between the two UPFs is called an N9 interface.
  • the 5G access network also known as NG-RAN, consists of NG-RAN nodes.
  • the node NG-RAN node using New Radio (NR) technology is also called gNB.
  • NR New Radio
  • Each gNB can be subdivided into one gNB-CU and one or more gNB-DUs, and each gNB-CU can be further subdivided into one gNB-CU-CP and one or more gNB-CU-UPs.
  • gNB-CU-CP refers to the control plane (Control Plane) part of the central unit (Central Unit) in the gNB, and is the core module in the gNB. , that is, the control plane part in the NG interface) is connected to the AMF.
  • Each user terminal can be connected to multiple gNB-CU-CPs at the same time, but only one of them is the primary gNB-CU-CP, and there is an N2 context related to the user terminal between it and the AMF.
  • Different gNB-CU-CPs are connected through the Xn-C interface. According to its own policy, the gNB-CU-CP maps one or more QoS flows in each session to a radio bearer for air interface transmission.
  • the gNB-CU-CP is also responsible for sending a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message to the user terminal to instruct it how to configure the air interface link.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • These messages RRC messages are sent and received through the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (Protocol Data Unit, PDCP) layer.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the gNB-CU-UP refers to the user plane (User Plane) part of the central unit (Central Unit) in the gNB.
  • the gNB-CU-CP manages the gNB-CU-UP through the E1 interface, such as requesting the gNB-CU-UP to establish, modify, and release the transmission channel of service data.
  • the northbound gNB-CU-UP exchanges service data with the UPF through the N3 interface
  • the southbound exchanges service data with the gNB-DU through the F1-U interface.
  • the gNB-CU-UP mainly includes the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) and the PDCP layer.
  • SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
  • the main function of the SDAP layer is to map the service flow to a radio bearer according to the instructions of the gNB-CU-CP.
  • Each radio bearer is handled using one PDCP instance.
  • the PDCP instance numbers each data packet in chronological order, and the numbered value is called the PDCP count value (PDCP COUNT).
  • the lowest bits of the PDCP count value are truncated as the Serial Number.
  • gNB-DU refers to a distributed unit (Distributed Unit) in a gNB.
  • the gNB-CU-CP manages the gNB-DU through the F1-C interface, such as requesting the gNB-DU to establish, modify, and release air interface resources.
  • the gNB-DU mainly includes radio link control (Radio Link Control, RLC), media access control (Media Access Control, MAC), physical (PHY) and radio frequency (RF) layers.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • RF radio frequency
  • Each network layer in the gNB has a corresponding network layer in the user terminal.
  • the PDCP layer of the receiver has functions such as reordering and de-redundancy, that is, it can ensure that the data submitted to the SDAP layer are delivered in order and without redundancy.
  • the fact that data is not missing is often guaranteed by the RLC layer, but in some special scenarios, it is also guaranteed by the PDCP layer.
  • handover refers to the operation of changing the transmission path within the 5G network for a service.
  • the handover process that involves changing the network element where the PDCP is located (that is, originally transmitted through one PDCP, but changed to another PDCP at a certain time, such as the handover process between different gNB-CU-UPs within one gNB, and different handover process between gNBs)
  • the source PDCP of the handover will provide the target PDCP of the handover with the information received from the core network but not yet available.
  • Data delivered to the user terminal, this mechanism is called "data forwarding".
  • the radio access network nodes can independently decide which service flows are mapped to which radio bearers (RBs). , its PDCP serial number may also be different.
  • mapping of service flows on the source side and the target side to the radio bearer is the same (which is the usual case)
  • data forwarding can be performed according to the granularity of the radio bearer, and each data packet contains a sequence number.
  • the source also provides the target with a PDCP transmission status summary on the source side, which indicates which PDCP data packets the UE has successfully received over the air interface in the form of a PDCP count value.
  • UPF will send an end marker to each session on the old path, and all subsequent data will be sent through the new path.
  • the source PDCP When the source PDCP receives the end identifier sent by the UPF, it will know that the session is no longer transmitted through the N3 channel on the source side, and the previously received data packet is the last data packet transmitted through the channel. Thereafter, for each radio bearer, when all the data that needs to be forwarded on the radio bearer have been sent to the target PDCP, the source PDCP will send an end identifier. When the target PDCP receives the end identifier for the radio bearer, it will know that the data forwarding for the radio bearer has ended. Thereafter, for new packets it receives from the UPF via the SDAP layer, the numbering will continue above the count value of the last packet forwarded by the data. This mechanism ensures that when the user terminal receives data, the count value of the PDCP is continuous, and the content of the data packet is also continuous.
  • the data target PDCP of the service is being sent in PTM mode during the handover process, in order not to interfere with the service continuity of other user terminals receiving the service, the PDCP count value cannot be adjusted for the user terminal being switched. Therefore, the result of "continuous numbering above the count value of the last data packet forwarded by the data" cannot be achieved, and thus the service continuity of the switched user terminal cannot be guaranteed.
  • the count value of the source PDCP may be inconsistent with the count value of the target PDCP due to various reasons, resulting in unguaranteed service continuity.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a transmission method and device to ensure service continuity.
  • the method and the device are conceived based on the same application. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving problems are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure. The method is applied to a first radio access network element and includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 The first radio access network element sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the difference between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, and may also be used to indicate the first bearer of the terminal.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to downlink data transmission, for example, a switching process in which a downlink data transmission mode is converted from a point-to-point (Point to Point, PTP) mode to a point-to-multipoint (Point to Multipoint, PTM) mode, and/or, downlink data
  • PTP Point to Point
  • PTM Point to Multipoint
  • the transmission involves changing the handover process of the network element where the PDCP is located, so as to realize the continuity of downlink data transmission.
  • Downlink data transmission involves changing the scene of the network element where the PDCP is located, such as the scene of handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within the gNB, and the handover between different gNBs.
  • the first radio access network element may be a PDCP instance, a gNB-CU-UP, or a base station, which may be specifically determined according to an actual application scenario.
  • the first radio access network element may be the PDCP instance before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP before the handover, the base station before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP after the handover, or the gNB-CU-UP after the handover.
  • the latter base station can be specifically determined according to the actual application scenario.
  • the radio access network element before the handover can be called the old radio access network element or the source radio access network element, and the radio access network element after the handover can be called the new radio access network element or the source radio access network element.
  • the target radio access network element can be called the old radio access network element or the source radio access network element.
  • the first information may be carried by an RRC reconfiguration message, or may be carried by a PDCP control protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU), or the like.
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a solution for realizing continuous transmission of downlink data.
  • the network side informs the user terminal of the PDCP count of the old and new bearers. The correspondence between values (or serial numbers), so that business continuity can be guaranteed.
  • each gNB can independently determine the mapping relationship between multicast data streams and radio bearers according to the principles of 5G networks.
  • the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer
  • the second bearer is a target radio bearer
  • the source radio bearer is the radio bearer before the handover, or the old radio bearer
  • the target radio bearer is the radio bearer after the handover or the new radio bearer
  • the temporary radio bearer is the target radio access network network of the handover.
  • the radio bearer established by the element for receiving the data forwarded by the source radio access network element.
  • the first information includes an offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is a count value or a sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception
  • the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first radio access network element releases the first bearer.
  • the first bearer may be a temporary bearer.
  • the method before the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  • the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
  • the fifth information may not include the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and may indicate implicitly, for example, the first radio access network
  • the network element receives the second flag sent by the second radio access network network element, it may be implicitly the count value or sequence number of the last pre-transmitted PDCP data packet on the first bearer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first radio access network element determines the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  • the method before the step of sending the first information to the terminal by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
  • the first radio access network element receives sixth information sent by the second radio access network element, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
  • the network element of the second radio access network may acquire the corresponding relationship through prior information. For example, a certain PDCP data PDU sent by the radio bearer corresponding to the first radio access network element previously obtained by the second radio access network element is equivalent to that of the radio bearer corresponding to the second radio access network element. Which PDCP data PDU was sent.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method according to Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure. The method is applied to a terminal and includes the following steps:
  • Step 301 The terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the difference between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer or is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, and may also be used to indicate the first bearer of the terminal.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to downlink data transmission, for example, a switching process in which a downlink data transmission mode is converted from a point-to-point (Point to Point, PTP) mode to a point-to-multipoint (Point to Multipoint, PTM) mode, and/or, downlink data
  • PTP Point to Point
  • PTM Point to Multipoint
  • the transmission involves changing the handover process of the network element where the PDCP is located, so as to realize the continuity of downlink data transmission.
  • the first radio access network element may be a PDCP instance, a gNB-CU-UP, or a base station, which may be specifically determined according to an actual application scenario.
  • the first radio access network element may be the PDCP instance before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP before the handover, the base station before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP after the handover, or the gNB-CU-UP after the handover.
  • the latter base station can be specifically determined according to the actual application scenario.
  • the radio access network element before the handover can be called the old radio access network element or the source radio access network element, and the radio access network element after the handover can be called the new radio access network element or the source radio access network element.
  • the target radio access network element can be called the old radio access network element or the source radio access network element.
  • the radio access network informs the user terminal of the correspondence between the PDCP count values or sequence numbers of the two radio bearers before and after the handover, thereby ensuring service continuity.
  • the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer
  • the second bearer is a target radio bearer
  • the source radio bearer is the radio bearer before the handover, or the old radio bearer
  • the target radio bearer is the radio bearer after the handover or the new radio bearer
  • the temporary radio bearer is the target radio access network network of the handover.
  • the radio bearer established by the element for receiving the data forwarded by the source radio access network element.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal has successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as the If the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
  • the terminal has successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet. If the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  • the first information includes an offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is a count value or a sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception
  • the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the terminal after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal If the terminal successfully receives the fifth PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
  • the terminal after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal If the terminal successfully receives the sixth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
  • the terminal after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
  • the terminal releases the first bearer.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure. The method is applied to a user plane function module in a core network, and includes the following steps:
  • Step 401 the user plane function module receives seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address ;
  • Step 402 Send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker for the terminal to the access network element corresponding to the second address And for the start tag of the first service data.
  • an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data is sent to the access network element corresponding to the address before the handover, and an end marker for the first service data is sent to the access network element corresponding to the address after the handover.
  • the terminal also marks the start of the same service data, so that the network side can obtain the correspondence between PDCP count values or sequence numbers before and after handover, and notify the terminal, thereby ensuring service continuity.
  • Example 1 In the scenario where the downlink data transmission mode is converted from PTP mode to PTM mode, the user plane approach is as follows:
  • Step 1 The user terminal is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data in the form of PTP through the gNB.
  • Step 2 At a certain moment, the gNB decides to send the service to the user terminal by means of PTM.
  • the gNB sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the user terminal, which includes SDAP and PDCP configuration information, including instructions to instruct the user terminal to release the old radio bearers that receive some service flows in the PTP manner, and establish new, The indication of the radio bearer of the same traffic flow is received in the manner of PTM.
  • Step 3 After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, the user terminal learns through the SDAP and PDCP configuration information that this RRC reconfiguration message involves changing some service flows from receiving via the old PTP radio bearer to via the new one. PTM radio bearer reception. The user terminal establishes a new PTM radio bearer immediately, but does not immediately release the old PTP radio bearer for the sake of service continuity.
  • Step 4 After completing the establishment of the new PTM radio bearer, the user terminal feeds back an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the gNB.
  • Step 5 After the gNB receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the user terminal, the PDCP instance corresponding to its old PTP radio bearer (that is, the first radio access network element) sends a PDCP to the user terminal.
  • Control Protocol Data Unit which contains:
  • An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer) to inform the user terminal of the data sent by the old PTP radio bearer.
  • the PDCP data PDU corresponds to which PDCP data PDU is sent through the new PTM radio bearer.
  • Two thresholds Xa that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • Xb the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • Step 6 After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity.
  • the user terminal can perform subsequent processing in the following manner:
  • the count value of the PDCP data packet that needs to perform the bias operation is Y before the operation. If the offset value is sent in the format of Xa-Xb, modify the count value of the data packet to Y-(Xa-Xb) (modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated in the following text); If the offset value is sent in the format of Xb-Xa, then modify the count value of the data packet to Y+(Xb-Xa).
  • the data received through the two radio bearers are combined together and sorted according to the order of increasing count values. In the event of a duplicate, data received later in time is discarded.
  • This also means that if the user terminal has successfully received a PDCP data packet through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer, it successfully receives it through the new radio bearer (transmitted in the way of PTM). If the user terminal has successfully received a PDCP data packet through the new radio bearer (transmitted in the way of PTM), the user terminal will pass the old radio bearer again. , or the PDCP packet with the same content is successfully received through the temporary radio bearer, and the latter is discarded.
  • the user terminal may also request network retransmission according to the sorted data. That is, if the user terminal finds that the counted values are discontinuous in the sorted data, it can notify the network through PDCP status report, etc., to request retransmission of these data packets.
  • the user terminal can perform subsequent processing in the following manner:
  • the user terminal submits data to the SDAP layer or higher layers, it first submits the data received through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer; after it is determined that the transmission is completed, it submits the data through the new (with PTM) data received by the radio bearer.
  • Example 2 In the scenario where the downlink data transmission mode is converted from PTP mode to PTM mode, the control plane approach:
  • Step 1 The user terminal is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data in the form of PTP through the gNB.
  • Step 2 At a certain moment, the gNB decides to send the service to the user terminal by means of PTM.
  • the gNB (that is, the first radio access network element) sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the user terminal, which includes SDAP and PDCP configuration information, including instructing the user terminal to release the old ones and receive some services in the way of PTP.
  • This RRC reconfiguration message also includes:
  • An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer) to inform the user terminal of the data sent by the old PTP radio bearer.
  • the PDCP data PDU corresponds to which PDCP data PDU is sent through the new PTM radio bearer.
  • Two thresholds Xa (the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer) and Xb (the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer) to inform
  • the user terminal should receive the PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value through the old PTP radio bearer, and inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive the PDCP data PDU through the new PTM radio bearer.
  • the first information used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count values (or sequence numbers) of the first bearer of the terminal and the second bearer may be carried by the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • Step 3 After the user terminal receives this RRC reconfiguration message, it first establishes a new PTM radio bearer, and then performs subsequent processing according to the content carried in the RRC reconfiguration message to ensure service continuity.
  • a new PTM radio bearer For details, please refer to the above example 1, It will not be repeated here.
  • Example 3 please refer to Figure 5, the scenario of handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within the gNB, the user plane approach:
  • Step 1 The user terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data belonging to a certain session through the gNB.
  • this session service is distributed by a UPF.
  • the gNB contains one gNB-CU-CP and multiple gNB-CU-UPs, and the user terminal 1 receives the service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP1.
  • some other user terminals are receiving the service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP2.
  • gNB-CU-UP2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and transmits the above service data over the air interface in a PTM manner.
  • the mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs is the same except for the radio bearer identification.
  • gNB-CU-UP1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2;
  • gNB-CU-UP2 maps service flow 1 in this session to radio bearer 2 Bearer 5, and the service flows 2 and 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6,
  • this situation belongs to "the mapping relationship between the service flows executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs to the radio bearers is the same except for the radio bearer identification. the" situation.
  • Step 2 Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB-CU-CP decides to change the service data transmission path for the user terminal 1 from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2. Therefore, gNB-CU-CP performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB-CU-UP1, gNB-CU-UP2, one or more gNB-DUs, AMF and SMF to complete the above path change .
  • Step 3 The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2.
  • the UPF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2.
  • the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel is changed.
  • Steps 4a and 4b UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB-CU-UP1, which is attached to a certain data packet; UPF sends gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) to A start marker (ie, the first marker) for the user terminal 1 is attached to a certain data packet.
  • the contents of the two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB-CU-UP1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any later In the data packet sent to gNB-CU-UP2 in the above start marker.
  • Steps 5a and 5b gNB-CU-UP1 and gNB-CU-UP2 respectively assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet according to the mapping relationship between service flow and radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets. . After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 4a and 4b, they calculate the count value for each service bearer by themselves.
  • the count value of the bearer is denoted as Xa (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer), and the calculated value of the gNB-CU-UP2 is calculated for the corresponding (that is, contains the same service flow)
  • the count value of the radio bearer is Xb (the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer), and the two satisfy any one of the following two relationships:
  • Steps 6a, 6b Both gNB-CU-UP1 and gNB-CU-UP2 send service data through the air interface. Since the terminal 1 has established a connection with the gNB-CU-UP2 in the second step, it can already receive the service data belonging to the above-mentioned session sent by the gNB-CU-UP2 in the form of multicast.
  • Step 7 For each radio bearer, gNB-CU-UP1 (that is, the second radio access network element) sends an end marker to gNB-CU-UP2 (that is, the first radio access network element) (that is, the second mark), which contains the Xa of the radio bearer (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer).
  • Step 8 gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) calculates the correspondence between the PDCP data packets of the bearer before the path change and the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB-CU-UP2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and the gNB-CU-UP2 can It is known that the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xa-1 before the path change (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated in the following text) is equivalent to the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path change. included, etc.
  • Step 9 gNB-CU-UP2 (ie the first radio access network element) sends a PDCP control PDU to user terminal 1, which includes:
  • An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer), such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, with In order to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU sent through the old PTP radio bearer corresponds to which PDCP data PDU sent through the new PTM radio bearer. or
  • Xa and Xb are used to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value it should receive through the old PTP radio bearer, and to inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive through the new PTM radio bearer Beginning of the PDCP data PDU.
  • Step 10 After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity. Please refer to the above example 1 for the specific processing process, which will not be repeated here.
  • Example 4 please refer to Figure 6, the scenario of handover between different gNB-CU-UP within gNB, user plane approach, with temporary bearer:
  • Step 1 The user terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data belonging to a certain session through the gNB.
  • this session service is distributed by a UPF.
  • the gNB contains one gNB-CU-CP and multiple gNB-CU-UPs, and the user terminal 1 receives the service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP1.
  • some other user terminals are receiving service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP2.
  • gNB-CU-UP2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and transmits the above service data over the air interface in a PTM manner.
  • the mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs is the same except for the radio bearer identifier.
  • gNB-CU-UP1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2;
  • gNB-CU-UP2 maps service flow 1 in this session to radio bearer 2 Bearer 5, and the service flows 2 and 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, this situation belongs to "the mapping relationship between the service flows executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs to the radio bearers is the same except for the radio bearer identification. ' situation.
  • Step 2 Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB-CU-CP decides to change the service data transmission path for the user terminal 1 from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2. Therefore, gNB-CU-CP performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB-CU-UP1, gNB-CU-UP2, one or more gNB-DUs, AMF and SMF to complete the above path change . Due to hardware limitations, the user terminal 1 can only be connected to one of the gNB-CU-UP1 and the gNB-CU-UP2 at the same time. In order to ensure business continuity, gNB-CU-CP decides to enable the data forwarding mechanism.
  • gNB-CU-UP2 sends an interface message to gNB-CU-UP2, requesting it to establish a corresponding temporary radio bearer for user terminal 1 and for each radio bearer that user terminal 1 is receiving before the path change in the session, It is used to send the service data forwarded from the gNB-CU-UP1 to the user terminal 1 in a PTP manner.
  • gNB-CU-UP2 accepts the above request and assigns a transport layer address to each of the above radio bearers.
  • Step 3 For each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, gNB-CU-UP1 starts to forward the above-mentioned service data to gNB-CU-UP2 through the above-mentioned transport layer address.
  • Step 4 The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2.
  • the UPF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2.
  • the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel is changed.
  • Steps 5a, 5b UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB-CU-UP1, which is attached to a certain data packet; UPF sends gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) to A start marker (ie, the first marker) for the user terminal 1 is attached to a certain data packet.
  • the contents of these two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB-CU-UP1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any later In the data packet sent to gNB-CU-UP2 in the above start marker.
  • Steps 6a and 6b gNB-CU-UP1 and gNB-CU-UP2 respectively assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet according to the mapping relationship between service flow and radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets. .
  • gNB-CU-UP1 forwards to gNB-CU-UP2 (that is, the first radio access network element) according to the description in step 3, forwards each downlink data packet that the user terminal 1 needs to receive, which contains a PDCP count value that reflects Information.
  • Step 7 For each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, after gNB-CU-UP1 has sent to gNB-CU-UP2 all packets mapped to the radio bearer received earlier than step 5a, gNB-CU-UP1 (That is, the second radio access network element) sends an end marker (that is, the second marker) to the gNB-CU-UP2 (that is, the first radio access network element) to indicate that the user terminal 1 and the radio bearer Data forwarding has been completed.
  • This end marker implicitly refers to the count value of the last forwarded PDCP data packet on the radio bearer, or equivalently, the count value +1.
  • Steps 8a and 8b gNB-CU-UP2 sends the above service data through the air interface.
  • the data forwarded from gNB-CU-UP1 is sent in the way of PTP through the corresponding temporary radio bearer, and the data directly received from the UPF is sent in the way of PTM through the shared bearer described in step 1.
  • gNB-CU-UP2 releases the temporary radio bearer.
  • Step 9 After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 7 and 5b, gNB-CU-UP2 calculates the count value for each service bearer by itself.
  • the count value of the radio bearer that the terminal 1 sends data in the form of PTP is denoted as Xa
  • the count value of the radio bearer that sends data in the form of PTM for the corresponding is Xb, both of which satisfy the following two: any of the relationships:
  • the gNB-CU-UP2 calculates the correspondence between the PDCP data packets of the bearer before the path change and the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB-CU-UP2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and the gNB-CU-UP2 can It is known that the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xa-1 before the path change (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated in the following text) is equivalent to the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path change. included, etc.
  • Step 10 gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) sends a PDCP control PDU to user terminal 1, which includes:
  • An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer), such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, with In order to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU sent through the temporary PTP radio bearer corresponds to which PDCP data PDU sent through the shared PTM radio bearer. or
  • Xa and Xb are used to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value it should receive through the temporary PTP radio bearer, and to inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive through the shared PTM radio bearer Beginning of the PDCP data PDU.
  • Step 11 After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity.
  • the specific processing process please refer to the above Example 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the user terminal 1 releases the temporary radio bearer mentioned above.
  • Step 1 Both gNB1 and gNB2 are transmitting service data in the manner of PTM, and the mapping relationship between the service flow of the two and the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier.
  • gNB1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2;
  • gNB2 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 5, and maps service flow 2 to radio bearer 2 , 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, and this situation belongs to the situation of "the mapping relationship between the service flows performed by the two gNBs to the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier".
  • Step 2 gNB1 (that is, the first radio access network element) sends an interface message to gNB2, which includes an indication (that is, sixth information) for each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, the content of which is the content of the PDCP data packet. That is, the content in which PDCP data packet transmitted by gNB1 corresponds to the content in which PDCP data packet transmitted by gNB2.
  • Step 3 The user terminal is connected to the 5G network through a gNB1, and receives the above service data through the gNB1.
  • Step 4 Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, gNB1 decides to switch the user terminal to gNB2.
  • Step 5 gNB2 sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the user terminal, which includes the configuration information after handover. This RRC reconfiguration message is forwarded to the user terminal via gNB1.
  • This RRC reconfiguration message also includes an indication (ie, the first information) generated according to the correspondence between the PDCP data packets received in step 2, and its specific content is:
  • An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer) to inform the user terminal of the PDCP sent by the radio bearer before handover
  • the data PDU corresponds to which PDCP data PDU sent by the radio bearer before handover.
  • Two thresholds Xa that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • Xb the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • Step 6 The user terminal performs handover after receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, and then performs subsequent processing according to the content carried in the RRC reconfiguration message to ensure service continuity. For details, refer to the above example 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Example 6 see Figure 7, Handover between different gNBs, user plane approach.
  • Step 1 User terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB1, and receives service data belonging to a certain session.
  • the service is distributed by a UPF.
  • some other user terminals are receiving service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through gNB2.
  • gNB2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and sends the above-mentioned service data over the air interface in a PTM manner.
  • the mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNBs is the same except for the radio bearer identifier.
  • gNB1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2;
  • gNB2 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 5, and maps service flow 2 to radio bearer 2 , 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, and this situation belongs to the situation of "the mapping relationship between the service flows performed by the two gNBs to the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier".
  • Step 2 Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB1 decides to switch the user terminal 1 to the gNB2. Therefore, gNB1 performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB2, AMF and SMF to complete the above handover process.
  • Step 3 The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2.
  • the UPF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2.
  • the UPF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2.
  • the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel is changed.
  • Steps 4a and 4b UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB1, which is attached to a data packet; UPF sends a start marker for user terminal 1 to gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element). A marker (ie, the first marker), attached to a data packet. The contents of the two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any packet after the above start marker. In the data packet sent to gNB2.
  • Steps 5a and 5b gNB1 and gNB2 respectively assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet according to the mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets.
  • gNB1 and gNB2 After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 4a and 4b, they calculate the count value for each service bearer by themselves.
  • the count value for a certain radio bearer calculated by gNB1 may be used.
  • the count value of the corresponding radio bearer (that is, containing the same service flow) calculated by gNB2 is Xb, and the two satisfy any one of the following two relations:
  • Steps 6a, 6b Both gNB1 and gNB2 send service data through the air interface. Since the terminal 1 has established a connection with the gNB2 in the second step, it can already receive the service data belonging to the above-mentioned session sent by the gNB2 in the form of multicast.
  • Step 7 For each radio bearer, gNB1 (ie, the second radio access network element) sends an end marker to gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element), which includes Xa of the radio bearer.
  • gNB1 ie, the second radio access network element
  • gNB2 ie, the first radio access network element
  • Step 8 The gNB2 calculates the correspondence between the bearer before the path change and the PDCP data packet of the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and gNB2 can know that the count value before the path change is The content contained in the PDCP data packet of Xa-1 (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated hereinafter) is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path is changed, and so on.
  • Xa-1 the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated hereinafter
  • Step 9 gNB2 sends a PDCP control PDU (Protocol Data Unit) to user terminal 1, which contains:
  • An offset value ie, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer, such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, to Inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU sent through the new PTM radio bearer corresponds to the PDCP data PDU sent through the old PTP radio bearer.
  • Xa that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • Xb that is, the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • Step 10 After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal 1 performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity.
  • the specific processing process please refer to the above Example 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Example 7 please refer to Figure 8, handover between different gNBs, user plane approach, with temporary bearer.
  • Step 1 The user terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB1, and receives service data belonging to a certain session.
  • the service is distributed by a UPF.
  • some other user terminals are receiving service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through gNB2.
  • gNB2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and sends the above-mentioned service data over the air interface in a PTM manner.
  • the mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNBs is the same except for the radio bearer identifier.
  • gNB1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2;
  • gNB2 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 5, and maps service flow 2 to radio bearer 2 , 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, and this situation belongs to the situation of "the mapping relationship between the service flows performed by the two gNBs to the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier".
  • Step 2 Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB1 decides to switch the user terminal 1 to the gNB2. Therefore, gNB1 performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB2, AMF and SMF to complete the above handover process. Due to hardware limitations, user terminal 1 can only be connected to one of gNB1 and gNB2 at the same time. In order to ensure business continuity, gNB1 and gNB2 unanimously decided to enable the data forwarding mechanism.
  • gNB2 allocates a transport layer address for each radio bearer that the user terminal 1 is receiving before handover in the session to receive the service data forwarded by gNB1; For each of the above radio bearers, a corresponding temporary radio bearer is established for sending the service data forwarded by the gNB1 to the user terminal 1 in a PTP manner.
  • Step 3 For each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, gNB1 starts to forward the above-mentioned service data to gNB2 through the above-mentioned transport layer address.
  • Step 4 The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2.
  • the SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2.
  • the UPF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2.
  • other UPFs exist between the UPF and gNB1 or gNB2, and what is changed at this time is the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel.
  • Steps 5a and 5b UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB1, which is attached to a certain data packet; UPF sends a start marker for user terminal 1 to gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element). A marker (ie, the first marker), attached to a data packet. The contents of the two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any packet after the above start marker. In the data packet sent to gNB2.
  • Steps 6a, 6b gNB1 and gNB2 assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet in turn according to the mapping relationship between service flow and radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets.
  • gNB1 forwards each downlink data packet that needs to be received by user terminal 1 to gNB2, which contains information reflecting the PDCP count value.
  • Step 7 For each of the above radio bearers, after gNB1 has sent to gNB2 all the data packets mapped to the radio bearer received earlier than step 5a, gNB1 (ie, the second radio access network element) sends gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element) sends an end marker (ie, a second marker) to indicate that the data forwarding for the user terminal 1 and for the radio bearer has been completed.
  • This end marker implicitly refers to the count value of the last forwarded PDCP data packet on the radio bearer, or equivalently, the count value +1.
  • Steps 8a and 8b gNB2 sends the above service data through the air interface.
  • the data forwarded from gNB1 is sent in the way of PTP through the corresponding temporary radio bearer, and the data directly received from the UPF is sent in the way of PTM through the shared bearer described in step 1.
  • gNB2 releases the temporary radio bearer.
  • Step 9 After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 7 and 5b, gNB2 calculates the count value for each service bearer by itself.
  • the count value of the radio bearer that sends data in the form of Xa is denoted as Xa
  • the count value of the radio bearer that sends data in the form of PTM for the corresponding is Xb, and the two satisfy the following two relations.
  • the gNB2 calculates the correspondence between the PDCP data packets of the bearer before the path change and the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and gNB2 can know that the count value before the path change is The content contained in the PDCP data packet of Xa-1 (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated hereinafter) is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path is changed, and so on.
  • Step 10 gNB-CU-UP2 sends a PDCP control PDU to user terminal 1, which includes:
  • An offset value ie, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer, such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, to The user terminal 1 is informed which PDCP data PDU sent through the shared PTM radio bearer corresponds to the PDCP data PDU sent through the temporary PTP radio bearer. or
  • Xa that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • Xb that is, the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • Step 11 After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity.
  • the specific processing process please refer to the above Example 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the user terminal 1 releases the temporary radio bearer mentioned above.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network element according to Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure.
  • the wireless access network element includes a memory 910, a transceiver 920, and a processor 930:
  • the memory 910 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 920 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 930 is used to read the computer programs in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • Send first information to the terminal where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or the first information of the terminal. Correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the transceiver 920 is used for receiving and transmitting data under the control of the processor 930 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 930 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 910 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 920 may be multiple elements, ie, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like.
  • the processor 930 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 910 may store data used by the processor 930 in performing operations.
  • the processor 930 may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data contained in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first bearer is released.
  • the method before the sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  • the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
  • the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the first information is determined according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  • the method before the step of sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
  • the above-mentioned wireless access network element provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiment applied to the first wireless access network element, and can achieve the same Technical effects, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal includes a memory 1010, a transceiver 1020, and a processor 1030:
  • the memory 1010 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1020 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1030 is used to read the computer programs in the memory 1010 and perform the following operations:
  • the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the transceiver 1020 is used for receiving and transmitting data under the control of the processor 1030 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 1030 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1010 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1020 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like Transmission medium.
  • the user interface 1040 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required equipment, and the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 1030 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1010 may store data used by the processor 1030 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1030 may be a CPU (Central Processing Unit), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or a Complex Programmable Logic Device (Complex). Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • Complex Complex Programmable Logic Device
  • Programmable Logic Device, CPLD Programmable Logic Device
  • the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
  • the processor is configured to execute any one of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained executable instructions by invoking the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processor and memory may also be physically separated.
  • processor 1030 is further configured to perform the following operations:
  • the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
  • the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet .
  • the method further includes:
  • the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet .
  • the method further includes:
  • the first bearer is released.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane function module provided in Embodiment 6 of the present disclosure.
  • the user plane function module is located in the core network.
  • the user plane function module includes a memory 1110, a transceiver 1120, a processing Device 1130:
  • the memory 1110 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1120 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1130 is used to read the computer programs in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
  • the start tag of the first service data is described.
  • the transceiver 1120 is used for receiving and transmitting data under the control of the processor 1130 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1130 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1110 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1120 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, that provide means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like.
  • the processor 1130 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1110 may store data used by the processor 1130 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1130 can be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the above-mentioned user plane functional modules provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above method embodiments applied to the user plane functional modules in the core network, and can achieve the same technology Therefore, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network element according to Embodiment 7 of the present disclosure.
  • the wireless access network element 1200 includes:
  • a first information sending unit 1201 configured to send first information to a terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or It is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer
  • the second bearer is a target radio bearer
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
  • a releasing unit for releasing the first bearing.
  • the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
  • a fourth information receiving unit configured to receive fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data
  • a fifth information receiving unit configured to receive fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data
  • One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  • the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
  • the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
  • a first information determining unit configured to determine the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  • the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
  • the sixth information receiving module is configured to receive sixth information sent by the network element of the second wireless access network, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
  • the above-mentioned wireless access network element provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiment applied to the first wireless access network element, and can achieve the same Technical effects, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 8 of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal 1300 includes:
  • the first information receiving unit 1301 is configured to receive the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count of the second bearer The corresponding relationship between the values, or used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  • the terminal 1300 further includes:
  • a first discarding unit configured to successfully receive a third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully receive a fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value of the fourth PDCP data packet or If the sequence number corresponds to the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet, discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
  • the second discarding unit is configured to successfully receive the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully receive the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value of the third PDCP data packet or If the sequence number corresponds to the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  • the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
  • the first information includes second information and third information
  • the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer
  • the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer
  • the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer
  • the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer
  • the service data contained in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  • the terminal 1300 further includes:
  • a third discarding unit configured to discard the fifth PDCP data packet if its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet if the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer the fifth PDCP data packet.
  • the terminal 1300 further includes:
  • a fourth discarding unit configured to discard the sixth PDCP data packet if the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet the sixth PDCP data packet.
  • the terminal 1300 further includes:
  • a bearing releasing unit is used for releasing the first bearing.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane function module provided in Embodiment 9 of the present disclosure.
  • the user plane function module is located in the core network.
  • the user plane function module 1400 includes:
  • the change instructing unit 1401 is configured to receive the seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
  • a data transmission instructing unit 1402 configured to send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker to the access network element corresponding to the second address
  • a start marker is sent for the terminal and for the first service data.
  • the above-mentioned user plane functional modules provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments applied to the user plane functional modules in the core network, and can achieve the same technology Therefore, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • a tenth embodiment of the present disclosure provides a processor-readable storage medium, where the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the foregoing methods.
  • the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program
  • the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the foregoing methods.
  • the processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by a processor, including, but not limited to, magnetic storage (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.
  • optical storage eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memory eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)
  • the applicable system may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) general packet Wireless service (general packet radio service, GPRS) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, Long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G New Radio (New Radio, NR) system, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • general packet Wireless service general packet Radio service
  • GPRS general packet Wireless service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • time division duplex time division duplex
  • TDD Time division duplex
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the name of the terminal device may be different.
  • the terminal device may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
  • Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • "telephone) and computers with mobile terminal equipment eg portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point , a remote terminal device (remote terminal), an access terminal device (access terminal), a user terminal device (user terminal), a user agent (user agent), and a user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the base station involved in the embodiments of the present application may include multiple cells that provide services for the terminal.
  • the base station may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names.
  • the network device can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and act as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA). ), it can also be a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or it can be an evolved network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in 5G network architecture (next generation system), or Home evolved Node B (HeNB), relay node (relay node) , a home base station (femto), a pico base station (pico), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be geographically separated.
  • One or more antennas can be used between the base station and the terminal device for multiple input multiple output (Multi Input Multi Output, MIMO) transmission, and the MIMO transmission can be single user MIMO (Single User MIMO, SU-MIMO) or multi-user MIMO ( Multiple User MIMO, MU-MIMO).
  • MIMO transmission can be 2D-MIMO, 3D-MIMO, FD-MIMO, or massive-MIMO, or diversity transmission, precoding transmission, or beamforming transmission.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media having computer-usable program code embodied therein, including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, and the like.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory result in the manufacture of means including the instructions product, the instruction means implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process that Execution of the instructions provides steps for implementing the functions specified in the flowchart or blocks and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
  • modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC), Digital Signal Processing (DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (Programmable Logic Device, PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, for in other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described herein.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP Digital Signal Processing
  • DSP Device digital signal processing equipment
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • Field-Programmable Gate Array Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array

Abstract

Provided by the present application are a transmission method and device, a method applied to a first radio access network element comprising: the first radio access network element sends first information to a terminal, the first information being used to indicate a correspondence between a PDCP count value of a first bearer and a PDCP count value of a second bearer of the terminal, or being used to indicate a correspondence between a PDCP serial number of the first bearer and a PDCP serial number of the second bearer of the terminal.

Description

传输方法及设备Transmission method and device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请主张在2020年10月21日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.202011133038.8的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202011133038.8 filed in China on October 21, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本公开涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种传输方法及设备。The present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a transmission method and device.
背景技术Background technique
无线通信系统中存在多个用户终端(User Equipment,UE)请求相同下行业务数据的场景。对于这种场景,为了尽量降低无线资源消耗,相关技术中提出了多播机制,允许网络利用特定无线资源发送单一的一份下行数据,而多个用户终端同时接收这一份下行数据。相对地,传统的、只能由一个用户终端接收的下行数据称作单播机制。In a wireless communication system, there are scenarios in which multiple user terminals (User Equipment, UE) request the same downlink service data. For this scenario, in order to minimize the consumption of wireless resources, a multicast mechanism is proposed in the related art, which allows the network to send a single piece of downlink data by using a specific wireless resource, and multiple user terminals simultaneously receive this piece of downlink data. In contrast, traditional downlink data that can only be received by one user terminal is called a unicast mechanism.
为了应对复杂的空口环境与多样化的业务传输服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)要求,相关技术提出了下述需求:针对每一个可以通过点对多点(Point to Multipoint,PTM)机制发送的下行数据流,网络侧依旧可以视情况将其以点对点(Point to Point,PTP)模式发送至特定的用户终端。也就是说,网络应当可以针对某一用户终端,在PTM与PTP两种模式之间动态调整下行发送方式。In order to cope with the complex air interface environment and diversified service transmission quality of service (Quality of Service, QoS) requirements, the related technology puts forward the following requirements: for each point to multipoint (Point to Multipoint, PTM) mechanism to send For downstream data flow, the network side can still send it to a specific user terminal in a point-to-point (Point to Point, PTP) mode as appropriate. That is, the network should be able to dynamically adjust the downlink transmission mode between the PTM and PTP modes for a certain user terminal.
此外,在针对某一用户终端的切换过程中,对于用户终端未能通过切换的源小区接收的下行数据,切换的源节点可以将其前转至目标小区发送,也就是“数据前转”;而如果这些下行数据为多播数据,即使其在源小区是以PTM的方式所发送的,由于只有被切换的用户终端需要接收这些数据,这些数据也依旧应当通过PTP方式发送,待用户终端成功接收后再通过PTM方式发送新的数据。In addition, during the handover process for a certain user terminal, for the downlink data that the user terminal fails to receive through the handover source cell, the handover source node can forward it to the target cell for transmission, that is, "data forwarding"; If the downlink data is multicast data, even if it is sent by PTM in the source cell, since only the user terminal being handed over needs to receive the data, the data should still be sent by PTP. After receiving, send new data through PTM.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本公开提供一种传输方法及设备,用于解决下行数据传输过程中如果存在下行发送模式的切换和/或涉及到变更PDCP所在网元的切换等情况时容易导致数据传输不连续的问题。The present disclosure provides a transmission method and device for solving the problem of discontinuous data transmission if there is a downlink transmission mode switch and/or a switch involving changing the network element where the PDCP is located during downlink data transmission.
为解决上述技术问题,本公开提供一种传输方法,应用于第一无线接入网网元,包括:In order to solve the above technical problems, the present disclosure provides a transmission method, which is applied to a first radio access network element, including:
所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。The first radio access network element sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, Or used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
可选的,所述第一承载为源无线承载或临时的无线承载,所述第二承载为目标无线承载。Optionally, the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer, and the second bearer is a target radio bearer.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元释放所述第一承载。The first radio access network element releases the first bearer.
可选的,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息之前,还包括:Optionally, before the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;receiving, by the first radio access network element, fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;receiving, by the first radio access network element, fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
可选的,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。Optionally, the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。The first radio access network element determines the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
可选的,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息的步骤之前,还包括:Optionally, before the step of sending the first information to the terminal by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。The first radio access network element receives sixth information sent by the second radio access network element, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
本公开还提供一种传输方法,应用于终端,包括:The present disclosure also provides a transmission method, applied to a terminal, including:
所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。The terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer , or used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述终端若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;If the terminal has successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as the If the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
或者,or,
所述终端若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三PDCP数据包。If the terminal has successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet. If the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第 二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
所述终端若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第五PDCP数据包。If the terminal successfully receives the fifth PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
可选的,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
所述终端若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。If the terminal successfully receives the sixth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
可选的,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
所述终端释放所述第一承载。The terminal releases the first bearer.
本公开还提供一种传输方法,应用于核心网之中的用户平面功能模块,包括:The present disclosure also provides a transmission method, which is applied to a user plane functional module in a core network, including:
所述用户平面功能模块接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;The user plane function module receives seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
所述用户平面功能模块向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。The user plane function module sends an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and sends an end marker for the access network element corresponding to the second address. The terminal and for the start marker of the first service data.
本公开还提供一种无线接入网网元,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:The present disclosure also provides a wireless access network element, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or the first information of the terminal. Correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述向终端发送第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after the sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
释放所述第一承载。The first bearer is released.
可选的,所述向终端发送第一信息之前,还包括:Optionally, before the sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;receiving fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;receiving fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
可选的,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。Optionally, the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
可选的,所述处理器,还用于执行以下操作:Optionally, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。The first information is determined according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
可选的,所述向终端发送第一信息的步骤之前,还包括:Optionally, before the step of sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。Receive sixth information sent by the network element of the second radio access network, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
本公开还提供一种终端,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:The present disclosure also provides a terminal, including a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Receive the first information sent by the network element of the first radio access network, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
可选的,所述处理器,还用于执行以下操作:Optionally, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;If the third PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the first bearer, and the fourth PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
或者,or,
若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三PDCP数据包。If the fourth PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the second bearer, and the third PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as the fourth PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第 五PDCP数据包。If the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet .
可选的,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。If the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet .
可选的,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
释放所述第一承载。The first bearer is released.
本公开还提供一种用户平面功能模块,所述用户平面功能模块位于核心网中,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:The present disclosure also provides a user plane function module, the user plane function module is located in the core network, and includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;receiving seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。Send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the second address. The start tag of the first service data is described.
本公开还提供一种无线接入网网元,包括:The present disclosure also provides a wireless access network element, including:
第一信息发送单元,用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。The first information sending unit is configured to send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
本公开还提供一种终端,包括:The present disclosure also provides a terminal, including:
第一信息接收单元,用于接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。a first information receiving unit, configured to receive first information sent by a first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer The corresponding relationship between, or used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
本公开还提供一种用户平面功能模块,所述用户平面功能模块位于核心网中,包括:The present disclosure also provides a user plane function module, the user plane function module is located in the core network, including:
变更指示单元,用于接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信 息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;The change instruction unit is used to receive the seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
数据传输指示单元,用于向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。a data transmission instructing unit, configured to send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send the end marker to the access network element corresponding to the second address A start marker for the terminal and for the first service data.
本公开还提供一种处理器可读存储介质,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行上述任一种方法。The present disclosure also provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the above methods.
本公开的上述技术方案的有益效果如下:The beneficial effects of the above-mentioned technical solutions of the present disclosure are as follows:
本公开实施例中,无线接入网告知用户终端切换前后两个无线承载的PDCP计数值或序列号之间的对应关系,从而可以保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the radio access network informs the user terminal of the correspondence between the PDCP count values or sequence numbers of the two radio bearers before and after the handover, thereby ensuring service continuity.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为5G NR网络架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the 5G NR network architecture;
图2为本公开实施例一中的一种传输方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure;
图3为本公开实施例二中的一种传输方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method in Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure;
图4为本公开实施例三中的一种传输方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开实施例中gNB内不同gNB-CU-UP之间切换的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within a gNB in an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开实施例中另一种gNB内不同gNB-CU-UP之间切换的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within a gNB according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本公开实施例中不同gNB之间切换的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of handover between different gNBs in an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开实施例中另一种不同gNB之间切换的流程示意图;8 is a schematic flowchart of another handover between different gNBs in an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本公开实施例四中的一种无线接入网网元的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network element of a wireless access network according to Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开实施例五中的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure;
图11为本公开实施例六中的一种用户平面功能模块的结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane functional module in Embodiment 6 of the present disclosure;
图12为本公开实施例七中的一种无线接入网网元的结构示意图;12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network element of a wireless access network according to Embodiment 7 of the present disclosure;
图13为本公开实施例八中的一种终端的结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal in Embodiment 8 of the present disclosure;
图14为本公开实施例九中的一种用户平面功能模块的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane function module in Embodiment 9 of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本公开实施例中术语“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the term "and/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships. For example, A and/or B can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone these three situations. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship.
本申请实施例中术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。In the embodiments of the present application, the term "plurality" refers to two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar.
下面首先对本申请实施例涉及到的相关技术进行介绍,并简单介绍发明人在分析研究相关技术时发现的一些技术问题。The following first introduces the related technologies involved in the embodiments of the present application, and briefly introduces some technical problems discovered by the inventor when analyzing and researching the related technologies.
一、关于空口PTM传输:1. About air interface PTM transmission:
无线通信系统中存在多个用户终端请求相同下行业务数据的场景。为了降低运营成本,相关技术中提出了“空口PTM传输”功能,允许一个无线小区的网络侧利用特定无线资源发送单一的一份下行数据,而多个用户终端各自同时接收并解码这份下行数据,以达到网络利用一份无线通信资源向多个用户终端发送下行数据的目的。这种模式被称作PTM。相对地,网络通过特定无线资源发送单一的一份下行数据,而只有一个用户终端对其接收并解码的传输方式称作PTP。In a wireless communication system, there are scenarios in which multiple user terminals request the same downlink service data. In order to reduce operating costs, the related art proposes the function of "air interface PTM transmission", which allows the network side of a wireless cell to send a single copy of downlink data using specific radio resources, and multiple user terminals simultaneously receive and decode the downlink data. , so as to achieve the purpose of sending downlink data to multiple user terminals by the network using one wireless communication resource. This mode is called PTM. In contrast, the network sends a single piece of downlink data through a specific radio resource, and only one user terminal receives and decodes the transmission mode is called PTP.
对于传统的PTP模式,一个小区可以根据基站与单播接收终端之间的信道质量动态调整空口传输参数,例如调整调制和编码方案(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)与波束方向,以尽可能提高频谱利用效率。但是,对于PTM模式,基站的信号发送需要尽可能照顾到小区范围内的所有用户终端,其中甚至可能包括未处于无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接态因而网络并不了解其位置与信道质量的用户终端。有鉴于此,网络侧往往不得不采用相对保守的空口传输参数,例如码率较低的MCS与全向传输,亦即使用更多的空口资源来传输较少的信息。For the traditional PTP mode, a cell can dynamically adjust the air interface transmission parameters according to the channel quality between the base station and the unicast receiving terminal, such as adjusting the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) and beam direction to maximize the frequency spectrum usage efficiency. However, for the PTM mode, the signal transmission of the base station needs to take care of all user terminals within the cell range as much as possible, which may even include not in the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection state, so the network does not know its location and channel. quality user terminal. In view of this, the network side often has to adopt relatively conservative air interface transmission parameters, such as MCS with lower code rate and omnidirectional transmission, that is, using more air interface resources to transmit less information.
适用多播的场景多种多样,其中有诸如民用视频平台直播等对时延需求较为严格、可靠性需求较为宽松的业务,也有诸如警用信息分发等时延需求较为宽松、可靠性需求较为严格的业务。对于后者,一般尽可能让每一个接收该业务的终端都能够接收到该业务中的所有数据。Multicast is applicable to various scenarios, including services such as live broadcast of civilian video platforms, which have stricter latency requirements and looser reliability requirements, and others, such as police information distribution, which have looser latency requirements and stricter reliability requirements. Business. For the latter, generally, every terminal that receives the service can receive all the data in the service as much as possible.
二、5G新空口(New Radio,NR)网络架构与切换流程:2. 5G New Radio (NR) network architecture and handover process:
请参阅图1,5G NR网络架构中,分为核心网与接入网两部分。在5G核心网中,与切换密切相关的网元包括AMF、SMF与UPF。Please refer to Figure 1. The 5G NR network architecture is divided into two parts: the core network and the access network. In the 5G core network, network elements closely related to handover include AMF, SMF and UPF.
AMF指接入与移动管理功能模块(Access and Mobility Management Function),是网络中最核心的模块。每个用户终端同一时间仅与一个AMF连接。AMF refers to the Access and Mobility Management Function (Access and Mobility Management Function), which is the core module in the network. Each user terminal is connected to only one AMF at the same time.
SMF指会话管理功能模块(Session Management Function)。AMF通过N smf接口管理SMF,例如请求SMF建立、修改、释放业务上下文。5G之中的业务数据根据业务属性、骨干网的IP路由等,以会话(Session)的形式管理。每个会话仅由一个SMF管理。每个会话之中,根据不同业务数据的QoS需求,可以细分为一个或多个业务流。 SMF refers to a session management function module (Session Management Function). The AMF manages the SMF through the N smf interface, such as requesting the SMF to establish, modify, and release the service context. The business data in 5G is managed in the form of sessions according to business attributes, IP routing of the backbone network, etc. Each session is managed by only one SMF. In each session, according to the QoS requirements of different service data, it can be subdivided into one or more service flows.
UPF指用户平面功能模块(User Plane Function)。SMF通过N4接口管理UPF,例如请求UPF建立、修改、释放业务数据的传输通道。原则上来讲,UPF北向通过N6接口与外界的数据网络(例如骨干网)交互业务数据,南向通过N3接口与接入网交互业务数据。若该接入网为5G无线接入网,则N3接口又称作NG-U接口,亦即NG接口之中的用户平面部分。有时一条数据链路也会先后经由两个UPF发送,这两个UPF之间的接口称作N9接口。UPF refers to User Plane Function. The SMF manages the UPF through the N4 interface, such as requesting the UPF to establish, modify, and release a transmission channel for service data. In principle, the northbound UPF exchanges service data with the external data network (eg, backbone network) through the N6 interface, and the southbound exchanges service data with the access network through the N3 interface. If the access network is a 5G wireless access network, the N3 interface is also called the NG-U interface, that is, the user plane part of the NG interface. Sometimes a data link is also sent through two UPFs successively, and the interface between the two UPFs is called an N9 interface.
5G接入网又称NG-RAN,由NG-RAN节点组成。使用新空口(New Radio,NR)技术的节点NG-RAN节点又称作gNB。每个gNB可以细分为一个gNB-CU与一个或多个gNB-DU,而每个gNB-CU又可进一步细分为一个gNB-CU-CP与一个或多个gNB-CU-UP。The 5G access network, also known as NG-RAN, consists of NG-RAN nodes. The node NG-RAN node using New Radio (NR) technology is also called gNB. Each gNB can be subdivided into one gNB-CU and one or more gNB-DUs, and each gNB-CU can be further subdivided into one gNB-CU-CP and one or more gNB-CU-UPs.
gNB-CU-CP指gNB之中的中心单元(Central Unit)之中的控制平面(Control Plane)部分,是gNB之中最核心的模块,其通过N2接口(对此情况又称NG-C接口,亦即NG接口之中的控制平面部分)与AMF连接。每个用户终端同一时间可以与多个gNB-CU-CP相连,但其中只有一个为主要的gNB-CU-CP,其与AMF之间存在着与该用户终端相关的N2上下文。不同gNB-CU-CP之间通过Xn-C接口相连。gNB-CU-CP根据自身策略,将每个会话之中的一个或多个QoS流映射为一个无线承载以进行空口传输。gNB-CU-CP还负责向用户终端发送无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息以指示其如何配置空口链路。这些消息RRC消息通过分组数据汇聚协议(Protocol Data Unit,PDCP)层发送与接收。gNB-CU-CP refers to the control plane (Control Plane) part of the central unit (Central Unit) in the gNB, and is the core module in the gNB. , that is, the control plane part in the NG interface) is connected to the AMF. Each user terminal can be connected to multiple gNB-CU-CPs at the same time, but only one of them is the primary gNB-CU-CP, and there is an N2 context related to the user terminal between it and the AMF. Different gNB-CU-CPs are connected through the Xn-C interface. According to its own policy, the gNB-CU-CP maps one or more QoS flows in each session to a radio bearer for air interface transmission. The gNB-CU-CP is also responsible for sending a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message to the user terminal to instruct it how to configure the air interface link. These messages RRC messages are sent and received through the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (Protocol Data Unit, PDCP) layer.
gNB-CU-UP指gNB之中的中心单元(Central Unit)之中的用户平面(User  Plane)部分。gNB-CU-CP通过E1接口管理gNB-CU-UP,例如请求gNB-CU-UP建立、修改、释放业务数据的传输通道。原则上来讲,gNB-CU-UP北向通过N3接口与UPF交互业务数据,南向通过F1-U接口与gNB-DU交互业务数据。gNB-CU-UP之中主要包含服务数据适配协议(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)与PDCP层,其中SDAP层的主要功能在于按照gNB-CU-CP的指示,将业务流映射为无线承载。每个无线承载使用一个PDCP实例处理。对于下行数据,PDCP实例按照时间顺序,对每个数据包进行编号,编号值称作PDCP计数值(PDCP COUNT)。PDCP计数值的最低若干比特截取为序列号(Serial Number)。gNB-CU-UP refers to the user plane (User Plane) part of the central unit (Central Unit) in the gNB. The gNB-CU-CP manages the gNB-CU-UP through the E1 interface, such as requesting the gNB-CU-UP to establish, modify, and release the transmission channel of service data. In principle, the northbound gNB-CU-UP exchanges service data with the UPF through the N3 interface, and the southbound exchanges service data with the gNB-DU through the F1-U interface. The gNB-CU-UP mainly includes the Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) and the PDCP layer. The main function of the SDAP layer is to map the service flow to a radio bearer according to the instructions of the gNB-CU-CP. Each radio bearer is handled using one PDCP instance. For downlink data, the PDCP instance numbers each data packet in chronological order, and the numbered value is called the PDCP count value (PDCP COUNT). The lowest bits of the PDCP count value are truncated as the Serial Number.
gNB-DU指gNB之中的分布单元(Distributed Unit)。gNB-CU-CP通过F1-C接口管理gNB-DU,例如请求gNB-DU建立、修改、释放空口资源。gNB-DU之中主要包含无线链路控制(Radio Link Control,RLC)、媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)、物理(PHY)与射频(RF)层。gNB-DU refers to a distributed unit (Distributed Unit) in a gNB. The gNB-CU-CP manages the gNB-DU through the F1-C interface, such as requesting the gNB-DU to establish, modify, and release air interface resources. The gNB-DU mainly includes radio link control (Radio Link Control, RLC), media access control (Media Access Control, MAC), physical (PHY) and radio frequency (RF) layers.
gNB之中的各个网络层均在用户终端之中有相应的网络层。Each network layer in the gNB has a corresponding network layer in the user terminal.
接收方的PDCP层具有重排序、去冗余等功能,亦即它可以保证向SDAP层提交的数据都是按序递交、并且没有冗余的。数据没有缺失这一点往往由RLC层保障,但在一些特别的场景中,其同样由PDCP层保障。The PDCP layer of the receiver has functions such as reordering and de-redundancy, that is, it can ensure that the data submitted to the SDAP layer are delivered in order and without redundancy. The fact that data is not missing is often guaranteed by the RLC layer, but in some special scenarios, it is also guaranteed by the PDCP layer.
广义地说,切换是指针对一个业务,变更其5G网络内传输途径的操作。在涉及变更PDCP所在网元的切换过程中(亦即,原本通过一个PDCP传输,在某一时刻改由另一个PDCP传输,例如一个gNB内部不同gNB-CU-UP之间的切换过程,以及不同gNB之间的切换过程),为了提升以PTP形式发送的下行业务的连续性,甚至达到无损、按需递交的要求,切换的源PDCP会向切换的目标PDCP提供其从核心网收到但尚未送达用户终端的数据,该机制称作“数据前转”(data forwarding)。Broadly speaking, handover refers to the operation of changing the transmission path within the 5G network for a service. During the handover process that involves changing the network element where the PDCP is located (that is, originally transmitted through one PDCP, but changed to another PDCP at a certain time, such as the handover process between different gNB-CU-UPs within one gNB, and different handover process between gNBs), in order to improve the continuity of downlink services sent in the form of PTP, and even meet the requirements of lossless and on-demand delivery, the source PDCP of the handover will provide the target PDCP of the handover with the information received from the core network but not yet available. Data delivered to the user terminal, this mechanism is called "data forwarding".
在5G网络中,无线接入网节点可以自主决定哪些业务流映射为哪些无线承载(RB),这使得即使传输的是同一份业务数据,通过不同节点、或者通过同一节点中以不同方式发送时,其PDCP序号也可能不同。In the 5G network, the radio access network nodes can independently decide which service flows are mapped to which radio bearers (RBs). , its PDCP serial number may also be different.
如果源侧与目标侧的业务流到无线承载的映射相同(这是通常的情况),数据前转可以按照无线承载的粒度进行,其中的每个数据包均包含有序列号。 同时,源还会向目标提供一个源侧的PDCP传输状态总结,其中以PDCP计数值的形式指示了哪些PDCP数据包,UE已经成功地通过空口接收了。在切换过程中,UPF会向旧路径上,针对每个会话发送一个结束标识(end marker),之后的所有数据均通过新路径发送。当源PDCP收到UPF所发送的结束标识时,其将了解到该会话已经不再通过源侧的N3通道传输了,其之前收到的数据包为通过该通道传输的最后的数据包。此后,针对每一个无线承载,当该无线承载上所有需要前转的数据均已发送至目标PDCP时,源PDCP将发送一个结束标识。目标PDCP在收到这个针对无线承载的结束标识时,将了解到针对该无线承载的数据前转已经结束了。此后,对于它从UPF经由SDAP层接收的新的数据包,将在数据前转的最后一个数据包的计数值之上继续编号。这一机制保证了用户终端在接收数据时,PDCP的计数值是连续的,数据包的内容也是连续的。If the mapping of service flows on the source side and the target side to the radio bearer is the same (which is the usual case), data forwarding can be performed according to the granularity of the radio bearer, and each data packet contains a sequence number. At the same time, the source also provides the target with a PDCP transmission status summary on the source side, which indicates which PDCP data packets the UE has successfully received over the air interface in the form of a PDCP count value. During the switching process, UPF will send an end marker to each session on the old path, and all subsequent data will be sent through the new path. When the source PDCP receives the end identifier sent by the UPF, it will know that the session is no longer transmitted through the N3 channel on the source side, and the previously received data packet is the last data packet transmitted through the channel. Thereafter, for each radio bearer, when all the data that needs to be forwarded on the radio bearer have been sent to the target PDCP, the source PDCP will send an end identifier. When the target PDCP receives the end identifier for the radio bearer, it will know that the data forwarding for the radio bearer has ended. Thereafter, for new packets it receives from the UPF via the SDAP layer, the numbering will continue above the count value of the last packet forwarded by the data. This mechanism ensures that when the user terminal receives data, the count value of the PDCP is continuous, and the content of the data packet is also continuous.
然而,如果在切换过程中,该业务的数据目标PDCP正在以PTM的方式发送,那么它为了不干扰其他正在接收该业务的用户终端的业务连续性,不能为了被切换的用户终端调整PDCP计数值,因而无法达到“在数据前转的最后一个数据包的计数值之上继续编号”的结果,进而被切换的用户终端的业务连续性无法保证。However, if the data target PDCP of the service is being sent in PTM mode during the handover process, in order not to interfere with the service continuity of other user terminals receiving the service, the PDCP count value cannot be adjusted for the user terminal being switched. Therefore, the result of "continuous numbering above the count value of the last data packet forwarded by the data" cannot be achieved, and thus the service continuity of the switched user terminal cannot be guaranteed.
也就是说,在涉及PDCP变更的切换,以及PTP向PTM的转换过程中,由于种种原因,针对同一数据,源PDCP的计数值与目标PDCP的计数值有可能不一致,导致业务连续性无法保证。That is to say, during the handover involving PDCP change and the conversion from PTP to PTM, for the same data, the count value of the source PDCP may be inconsistent with the count value of the target PDCP due to various reasons, resulting in unguaranteed service continuity.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,并不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts shall fall within the protection scope of the present application.
本申请实施例提供了传输方法及设备,用以保证业务连续性。Embodiments of the present application provide a transmission method and device to ensure service continuity.
其中,方法和设备是基于同一申请构思的,由于方法和设备解决问题的原理相似,因此设备和方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The method and the device are conceived based on the same application. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving problems are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
请参阅图2,图2为本公开实施例一提供的一种传输方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于第一无线接入网网元,包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure. The method is applied to a first radio access network element and includes the following steps:
步骤201:所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Step 201: The first radio access network element sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the difference between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer. The corresponding relationship, or the corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer of the terminal.
具体来说,所述第一信息可以用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,也可以用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Specifically, the first information may be used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, and may also be used to indicate the first bearer of the terminal. The corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
本公开实施例可以应用于下行数据传输,例如下行数据发送模式由点对点(Point to Point,PTP)模式转换为点对多点(Point to Multipoint,PTM)模式的切换过程,和/或,下行数据传输涉及变更PDCP所在网元的切换过程,以实现下行数据传输的连续性。The embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to downlink data transmission, for example, a switching process in which a downlink data transmission mode is converted from a point-to-point (Point to Point, PTP) mode to a point-to-multipoint (Point to Multipoint, PTM) mode, and/or, downlink data The transmission involves changing the handover process of the network element where the PDCP is located, so as to realize the continuity of downlink data transmission.
下行数据传输涉及变更PDCP所在网元的场景,例如gNB内不同gNB-CU-UP之间的切换的场景、不同gNB之间的切换等。Downlink data transmission involves changing the scene of the network element where the PDCP is located, such as the scene of handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within the gNB, and the handover between different gNBs.
所述第一无线接入网网元可以是PDCP实例,可以是gNB-CU-UP,还可以是基站,具体可以根据实际的应用场景确定。所述第一无线接入网网元可以是切换前的PDCP实例,可以是切换前的gNB-CU-UP,可以是切换前的基站,也可以是切换后的gNB-CU-UP,或切换后的基站,具体可以根据实际的应用场景确定。切换之前的无线接入网网元可以称为旧的无线接入网网元或源无线接入网网元,切换之后的无线接入网网元可以称为新的无线接入网网元或目标无线接入网网元。The first radio access network element may be a PDCP instance, a gNB-CU-UP, or a base station, which may be specifically determined according to an actual application scenario. The first radio access network element may be the PDCP instance before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP before the handover, the base station before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP after the handover, or the gNB-CU-UP after the handover. The latter base station can be specifically determined according to the actual application scenario. The radio access network element before the handover can be called the old radio access network element or the source radio access network element, and the radio access network element after the handover can be called the new radio access network element or the source radio access network element. The target radio access network element.
所述第一信息可以由RRC重配消息携带,也可以由PDCP控制协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)携带等。The first information may be carried by an RRC reconfiguration message, or may be carried by a PDCP control protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU), or the like.
本公开实施例中提供了一种用于实现下行数据的连续传输的方案,在业务数据从经由旧无线承载发送改为经由新无线承载发送的过程中,网络侧告知用户终端新旧承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的对应关系,从而可以保证业务连续性。An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a solution for realizing continuous transmission of downlink data. In the process of changing service data from being sent via an old radio bearer to being sent via a new radio bearer, the network side informs the user terminal of the PDCP count of the old and new bearers. The correspondence between values (or serial numbers), so that business continuity can be guaranteed.
具体的,在涉及PDCP变更的切换以及在下行数据发送模式由PTP模式转换为PTM模式的转换过程中,即使源PDCP的计数值与目标PDCP的计数值不一致,业务数据的连续传输也可以得到保证,进而解决在每个gNB可以 按照5G网络的原则,自主决定多播数据流到无线承载的映射关系的场景中,多播业务连续性无法保证的问题。Specifically, in the process of switching involving PDCP change and converting the downlink data transmission mode from PTP mode to PTM mode, even if the count value of the source PDCP is inconsistent with the count value of the target PDCP, the continuous transmission of service data can be guaranteed. , and then solve the problem that the continuity of multicast services cannot be guaranteed in the scenario where each gNB can independently determine the mapping relationship between multicast data streams and radio bearers according to the principles of 5G networks.
下面举例说明上述传输方法。The above-mentioned transmission method is exemplified below.
可选的,所述第一承载为源无线承载或临时的无线承载,所述第二承载为目标无线承载。Optionally, the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer, and the second bearer is a target radio bearer.
源无线承载也即切换之前的无线承载,或称为旧的无线承载,目标无线承载也即切换后的无线承载或称为新的无线承载,临时的无线承载是切换的目标无线接入网网元建立的用于接收源无线接入网网元前传的数据的无线承载。The source radio bearer is the radio bearer before the handover, or the old radio bearer, the target radio bearer is the radio bearer after the handover or the new radio bearer, and the temporary radio bearer is the target radio access network network of the handover. The radio bearer established by the element for receiving the data forwarded by the source radio access network element.
其中一种可选的具体实施方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。In an optional specific implementation manner, the first information includes an offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
另一种可选的具体实施方式中,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;In another optional specific implementation manner, the first information includes second information and third information, and the second information is a count value or a sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, The third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception, and the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元释放所述第一承载。The first radio access network element releases the first bearer.
其中,所述第一承载可以是临时承载。Wherein, the first bearer may be a temporary bearer.
其中一种可选的具体实施方式中,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息之前,还包括:In an optional specific implementation manner, before the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;receiving, by the first radio access network element, fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;receiving, by the first radio access network element, fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
可选的,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。Optionally, the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
另一些可选的具体实施方式中,第五信息中可以不包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,可以隐含指示,例如所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送第二标记时可以隐式地针对第一承载上最后一个前传的PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号。In other optional specific implementation manners, the fifth information may not include the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and may indicate implicitly, for example, the first radio access network When the network element receives the second flag sent by the second radio access network network element, it may be implicitly the count value or sequence number of the last pre-transmitted PDCP data packet on the first bearer.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。The first radio access network element determines the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
另一种可选的具体实施方式中,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息的步骤之前,还包括:In another optional specific implementation manner, before the step of sending the first information to the terminal by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。The first radio access network element receives sixth information sent by the second radio access network element, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
其中,第二无线接入网网元可以通过先验信息获取所述对应关系。例如,第二无线接入网网元在之前曾经获取到第一无线接入网网元对应的无线承载所发送的某一PDCP数据PDU相当于第二无线接入网网元对应的无线承载所发送的哪一个PDCP数据PDU。Wherein, the network element of the second radio access network may acquire the corresponding relationship through prior information. For example, a certain PDCP data PDU sent by the radio bearer corresponding to the first radio access network element previously obtained by the second radio access network element is equivalent to that of the radio bearer corresponding to the second radio access network element. Which PDCP data PDU was sent.
请参阅图3,图3是本公开实施例二提供的一种传输方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于终端,包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method according to Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure. The method is applied to a terminal and includes the following steps:
步骤301:所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Step 301: The terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the difference between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer or is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
具体来说,所述第一信息可以用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,也可以用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Specifically, the first information may be used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, and may also be used to indicate the first bearer of the terminal. The corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
本公开实施例可以应用于下行数据传输,例如下行数据发送模式由点对点(Point to Point,PTP)模式转换为点对多点(Point to Multipoint,PTM)模式的切换过程,和/或,下行数据传输涉及变更PDCP所在网元的切换过程, 以实现下行数据传输的连续性。The embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to downlink data transmission, for example, a switching process in which a downlink data transmission mode is converted from a point-to-point (Point to Point, PTP) mode to a point-to-multipoint (Point to Multipoint, PTM) mode, and/or, downlink data The transmission involves changing the handover process of the network element where the PDCP is located, so as to realize the continuity of downlink data transmission.
所述第一无线接入网网元可以是PDCP实例,可以是gNB-CU-UP,还可以是基站,具体可以根据实际的应用场景确定。所述第一无线接入网网元可以是切换前的PDCP实例,可以是切换前的gNB-CU-UP,可以是切换前的基站,也可以是切换后的gNB-CU-UP,或切换后的基站,具体可以根据实际的应用场景确定。切换之前的无线接入网网元可以称为旧的无线接入网网元或源无线接入网网元,切换之后的无线接入网网元可以称为新的无线接入网网元或目标无线接入网网元。The first radio access network element may be a PDCP instance, a gNB-CU-UP, or a base station, which may be specifically determined according to an actual application scenario. The first radio access network element may be the PDCP instance before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP before the handover, the base station before the handover, the gNB-CU-UP after the handover, or the gNB-CU-UP after the handover. The latter base station can be specifically determined according to the actual application scenario. The radio access network element before the handover can be called the old radio access network element or the source radio access network element, and the radio access network element after the handover can be called the new radio access network element or the source radio access network element. The target radio access network element.
本公开实施例中,无线接入网告知用户终端切换前后两个无线承载的PDCP计数值或序列号之间的对应关系,从而可以保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the radio access network informs the user terminal of the correspondence between the PDCP count values or sequence numbers of the two radio bearers before and after the handover, thereby ensuring service continuity.
可选的,所述第一承载为源无线承载或临时的无线承载,所述第二承载为目标无线承载。Optionally, the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer, and the second bearer is a target radio bearer.
源无线承载也即切换之前的无线承载,或称为旧的无线承载,目标无线承载也即切换后的无线承载或称为新的无线承载,临时的无线承载是切换的目标无线接入网网元建立的用于接收源无线接入网网元前传的数据的无线承载。The source radio bearer is the radio bearer before the handover, or the old radio bearer, the target radio bearer is the radio bearer after the handover or the new radio bearer, and the temporary radio bearer is the target radio access network network of the handover. The radio bearer established by the element for receiving the data forwarded by the source radio access network element.
可选的,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述终端若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;If the terminal has successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as the If the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
或者,or,
所述终端若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三PDCP数据包。If the terminal has successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet. If the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
其中一种可选的具体实施方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。In an optional specific implementation manner, the first information includes an offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
另一种可选的具体实施方式中,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;In another optional specific implementation manner, the first information includes second information and third information, and the second information is a count value or a sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, The third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception, and the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
所述终端若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第五PDCP数据包。If the terminal successfully receives the fifth PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
可选的,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
所述终端若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。If the terminal successfully receives the sixth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
可选的,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the terminal further includes:
所述终端释放所述第一承载。The terminal releases the first bearer.
本公开实施例提供的是与上述实施例一对应的、具有相同发明构思的技术方案,且能达到相同的技术效果,详细可参阅上述实施例一,此处不再赘述。The embodiments of the present disclosure provide technical solutions corresponding to the first embodiment, having the same inventive concept, and achieving the same technical effects. For details, please refer to the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图4,图4是本公开实施例三提供的一种传输方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于核心网之中的用户平面功能模块,包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a transmission method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure. The method is applied to a user plane function module in a core network, and includes the following steps:
步骤401:所述用户平面功能模块接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;Step 401: the user plane function module receives seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address ;
步骤402:向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对 第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。Step 402: Send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker for the terminal to the access network element corresponding to the second address And for the start tag of the first service data.
本公开实施例中,向切换前的地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向切换后的地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述相同业务数据的开始标记,从而,网络侧可以获取到切换前后的PDCP计数值或序列号之间的对应关系,并告知终端,进而可以保证业务连续性。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data is sent to the access network element corresponding to the address before the handover, and an end marker for the first service data is sent to the access network element corresponding to the address after the handover. The terminal also marks the start of the same service data, so that the network side can obtain the correspondence between PDCP count values or sequence numbers before and after handover, and notify the terminal, thereby ensuring service continuity.
下面举例说明本申请提供的技术方案。The following examples illustrate the technical solutions provided by the present application.
例1、下行数据发送模式由PTP模式转换为PTM模式的场景,用户平面途径:Example 1. In the scenario where the downlink data transmission mode is converted from PTP mode to PTM mode, the user plane approach is as follows:
步骤1:用户终端通过一个gNB与5G网络相连,并且通过gNB以PTP的方式接收业务数据。Step 1: The user terminal is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data in the form of PTP through the gNB.
步骤2:在某一时刻,该gNB决定将该业务改以PTM的方式发送至该用户终端。该gNB向该用户终端发送了一条RRC重配消息,其中包含SDAP与PDCP配置信息,包含指示用户终端释放旧的、以PTP的方式接收一些业务流的无线承载的指示,以及并建立新的、以PTM的方式接收相同的业务流的无线承载的指示。Step 2: At a certain moment, the gNB decides to send the service to the user terminal by means of PTM. The gNB sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the user terminal, which includes SDAP and PDCP configuration information, including instructions to instruct the user terminal to release the old radio bearers that receive some service flows in the PTP manner, and establish new, The indication of the radio bearer of the same traffic flow is received in the manner of PTM.
步骤3:用户终端在收到这条RRC重配消息后,通过其中的SDAP与PDCP配置信息了解到这条RRC重配消息涉及将一些业务流从经由旧的PTP无线承载接收改为经由新的PTM无线承载接收。该用户终端立即建立了新的PTM无线承载,但出于业务连续性的考虑,并未立即释放旧的PTP无线承载。Step 3: After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, the user terminal learns through the SDAP and PDCP configuration information that this RRC reconfiguration message involves changing some service flows from receiving via the old PTP radio bearer to via the new one. PTM radio bearer reception. The user terminal establishes a new PTM radio bearer immediately, but does not immediately release the old PTP radio bearer for the sake of service continuity.
步骤4:用户终端在完成新的PTM无线承载的建立之后,向gNB反馈了一条RRC重配完成消息。Step 4: After completing the establishment of the new PTM radio bearer, the user terminal feeds back an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the gNB.
步骤5:gNB在收到用户终端所发送的RRC重配完成消息后,其旧的PTP无线承载所对应的PDCP实例(即所述第一无线接入网网元)向该用户终端发送一个PDCP控制协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU),其中包含:Step 5: After the gNB receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the user terminal, the PDCP instance corresponding to its old PTP radio bearer (that is, the first radio access network element) sends a PDCP to the user terminal. Control Protocol Data Unit (PDU), which contains:
一个偏置值(也即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),用以告知该用户终端通过旧的PTP无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过新的PTM无线承载所发送的PDCP数 据PDU。或者An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer) to inform the user terminal of the data sent by the old PTP radio bearer. The PDCP data PDU corresponds to which PDCP data PDU is sent through the new PTM radio bearer. or
两个阈值Xa(也即所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号)以及Xb(所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),用以告知该用户终端其应当通过旧的PTP无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过新的PTM无线承载接收从哪一个PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Two thresholds Xa (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer) and Xb (the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer), using To inform the user terminal which PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value it should receive through the old PTP radio bearer, and to inform the user terminal which PDCP data PDU starting from which PDCP count value it should receive through the new PTM radio bearer .
步骤6:用户终端接收到该PDCP控制PDU后,按照PDCP控制PDU中的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性。Step 6: After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity.
具体来说,如果上述PDCP控制PDU中包含所述偏置值,那么用户终端可以按照下述方式进行后续处理:Specifically, if the above-mentioned PDCP control PDU contains the offset value, the user terminal can perform subsequent processing in the following manner:
针对其通过旧的无线承载,或者通过临时无线承载所接收的所有PDCP数据包,包括缓存的以及后续接收的,只要其尚未提交至SDAP层或者更高层,在完成解密、完整性保护验证等操作之后,对其计数值执行偏置操作,具体如下:For all PDCP data packets received through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer, including buffered and subsequently received, as long as they have not been submitted to the SDAP layer or higher layers, operations such as decryption and integrity protection verification are completed. After that, perform a bias operation on its count value as follows:
设需要执行偏置操作的PDCP数据包在操作前的计数值为Y。若该偏置值是以Xa-Xb的格式发送的,则将该数据包的计数值修改为Y-(Xa-Xb)(可能需要取模操作,后文同理不再重复);若该偏置值是以Xb-Xa的格式发送的,则将该数据包的计数值修改为Y+(Xb-Xa)。It is assumed that the count value of the PDCP data packet that needs to perform the bias operation is Y before the operation. If the offset value is sent in the format of Xa-Xb, modify the count value of the data packet to Y-(Xa-Xb) (modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated in the following text); If the offset value is sent in the format of Xb-Xa, then modify the count value of the data packet to Y+(Xb-Xa).
然后,将通过两条无线承载接收的数据合在一起,按照计数值依次递增的次序排序。如果出现了重复的情况,则丢弃其中时间上较晚接收的数据。这也就意味着,若用户终端在已经通过旧的无线承载,或者通过临时无线承载成功接收某一PDCP数据包的情况下,又通过新的(以PTM的方式进行传输的)无线承载成功接收内容相同的PDCP数据包,则丢弃后者;并且,若用户终端在已经通过新的(以PTM的方式进行传输的)无线承载成功接收某一PDCP数据包的情况下,又通过旧的无线承载,或者通过临时无线承载成功接收内容相同的PDCP数据包,则丢弃后者。Then, the data received through the two radio bearers are combined together and sorted according to the order of increasing count values. In the event of a duplicate, data received later in time is discarded. This also means that if the user terminal has successfully received a PDCP data packet through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer, it successfully receives it through the new radio bearer (transmitted in the way of PTM). If the user terminal has successfully received a PDCP data packet through the new radio bearer (transmitted in the way of PTM), the user terminal will pass the old radio bearer again. , or the PDCP packet with the same content is successfully received through the temporary radio bearer, and the latter is discarded.
最后,将排序后的数据依次向SDAP层或者更高层递交。Finally, the sorted data are submitted to the SDAP layer or higher layers in turn.
可选地,用户终端还可以根据排序后的数据请求网络重传。亦即,如果用户终端发现排序后的数据中,存在计数值不连续的情况,其可以通过PDCP 状态报告等途径告知网络,以请求重传这些数据包。Optionally, the user terminal may also request network retransmission according to the sorted data. That is, if the user terminal finds that the counted values are discontinuous in the sorted data, it can notify the network through PDCP status report, etc., to request retransmission of these data packets.
如果上述PDCP控制PDU中包含所述阈值Xa和Xb,那么用户终端可以按照下述方式进行后续处理:If the above-mentioned PDCP control PDU contains the thresholds Xa and Xb, then the user terminal can perform subsequent processing in the following manner:
针对其通过旧的无线承载,或者通过临时无线承载所接收的所有PDCP数据包,包括缓存的以及后续接收的,若其计数值不低于Xa,则丢弃之;针对其通过新的(以PTM的方式进行传输的)无线承载所接收的所有PDCP数据包,若其计数值低于Xb,则丢弃之。或者,For all PDCP data packets received through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer, including buffered and subsequently received, if the count value is not lower than Xa, discard them; If the count value of all PDCP data packets received by the radio bearer is lower than Xb, it will be discarded. or,
针对其通过旧的无线承载,或者通过临时无线承载所接收的所有PDCP数据包,包括缓存的以及后续接收的,若其计数值高于Xa,则丢弃之;针对其通过新的(以PTM的方式进行传输的)无线承载所接收的所有PDCP数据包,若其计数值不高于Xb,则丢弃之。For all PDCP data packets received through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer, including buffered and subsequently received, if the count value is higher than Xa, discard them; If the count value of all PDCP data packets received by the radio bearer is not higher than Xb, it will be discarded.
然后,用户终端在将数据向SDAP层或者更高层递交时,首先递交通过旧的无线承载,或者通过临时无线承载所接收的数据;待确定其传输完成后,再递交通过新的(以PTM的方式进行传输的)无线承载所接收的数据。Then, when the user terminal submits data to the SDAP layer or higher layers, it first submits the data received through the old radio bearer or through the temporary radio bearer; after it is determined that the transmission is completed, it submits the data through the new (with PTM) data received by the radio bearer.
例2、下行数据发送模式由PTP模式转换为PTM模式的场景,控制平面途径:Example 2. In the scenario where the downlink data transmission mode is converted from PTP mode to PTM mode, the control plane approach:
步骤1:用户终端通过一个gNB与5G网络相连,并且通过gNB以PTP的方式接收业务数据。Step 1: The user terminal is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data in the form of PTP through the gNB.
步骤2:在某一时刻,该gNB决定将该业务改以PTM的方式发送至该用户终端。该gNB(即所述第一无线接入网网元)向该用户终端发送了一条RRC重配消息,其中包含SDAP与PDCP配置信息,包含指示用户终端释放旧的、以PTP的方式接收一些业务流的无线承载的指示,以及建立新的、以PTM的方式接收相同的业务流的无线承载的指示。Step 2: At a certain moment, the gNB decides to send the service to the user terminal by means of PTM. The gNB (that is, the first radio access network element) sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the user terminal, which includes SDAP and PDCP configuration information, including instructing the user terminal to release the old ones and receive some services in the way of PTP. The indication of the radio bearer of the flow, and the indication of the establishment of a new radio bearer that receives the same service flow in the PTM manner.
这条RRC重配消息中还包括:This RRC reconfiguration message also includes:
一个偏置值(也即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),用以告知该用户终端通过旧的PTP无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过新的PTM无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU。或者An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer) to inform the user terminal of the data sent by the old PTP radio bearer. The PDCP data PDU corresponds to which PDCP data PDU is sent through the new PTM radio bearer. or
两个阈值Xa(所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号) 以及Xb(所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),用以告知该用户终端其应当通过旧的PTP无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过新的PTM无线承载接收从哪一个PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Two thresholds Xa (the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer) and Xb (the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer) to inform The user terminal should receive the PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value through the old PTP radio bearer, and inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive the PDCP data PDU through the new PTM radio bearer.
也即,所述用于指示所述终端的第一承载与第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的对应关系的第一信息,可以由RRC重配消息携带。That is, the first information used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count values (or sequence numbers) of the first bearer of the terminal and the second bearer may be carried by the RRC reconfiguration message.
步骤3:用户终端接收到这条RRC重配消息后,首先建立新的PTM无线承载,然后按照该RRC重配消息携带的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性,具体可参阅上述例1,此处不再赘述。Step 3: After the user terminal receives this RRC reconfiguration message, it first establishes a new PTM radio bearer, and then performs subsequent processing according to the content carried in the RRC reconfiguration message to ensure service continuity. For details, please refer to the above example 1, It will not be repeated here.
例3,请参阅图5,gNB内不同gNB-CU-UP之间的切换的场景,用户平面途径:Example 3, please refer to Figure 5, the scenario of handover between different gNB-CU-UPs within the gNB, the user plane approach:
步骤1:用户终端1通过一个gNB与5G网络相连,并且通过gNB以接收属于某一会话的业务数据。在5G核心网中,该会话业务由一个UPF分发。该gNB内部包含有一个gNB-CU-CP与多个gNB-CU-UP,用户终端1是通过gNB-CU-UP1来接收UPF所发送的、属于该会话的业务数据的。与此同时,有一些其他用户终端正在通过gNB-CU-UP2来接收该UPF所发送的、属于该会话的业务数据。由于后者数量较多,为了节省空口资源,gNB-CU-UP2为那些用户终端建立了共用的承载,以PTM的方式在空口发送上述业务数据。两个gNB-CU-UP所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的。例如,gNB-CU-UP1将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载1,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载2;gNB-CU-UP2将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载5,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载6,这种情况就属于“两个gNB-CU-UP所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的”的情况。Step 1: The user terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data belonging to a certain session through the gNB. In the 5G core network, this session service is distributed by a UPF. The gNB contains one gNB-CU-CP and multiple gNB-CU-UPs, and the user terminal 1 receives the service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP1. At the same time, some other user terminals are receiving the service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP2. Due to the large number of the latter, in order to save air interface resources, gNB-CU-UP2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and transmits the above service data over the air interface in a PTM manner. The mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs is the same except for the radio bearer identification. For example, gNB-CU-UP1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2; gNB-CU-UP2 maps service flow 1 in this session to radio bearer 2 Bearer 5, and the service flows 2 and 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, this situation belongs to "the mapping relationship between the service flows executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs to the radio bearers is the same except for the radio bearer identification. the" situation.
步骤2:由于用户终端1的移动等原因,gNB-CU-CP决定将针对用户终端1的业务数据发送路径从gNB-CU-UP1变更到gNB-CU-UP2。于是,gNB-CU-CP与用户终端1、gNB-CU-UP1、gNB-CU-UP2、一个或多个gNB-DU、AMF和SMF进行了一系列控制平面信令交互,以完成上述路径变更。Step 2: Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB-CU-CP decides to change the service data transmission path for the user terminal 1 from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2. Therefore, gNB-CU-CP performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB-CU-UP1, gNB-CU-UP2, one or more gNB-DUs, AMF and SMF to complete the above path change .
步骤3:SMF向UPF发送了一条信令,告知其针对该会话、针对用户终 端1的下行地址发生变化,通常来说,就是由gNB-CU-UP1变更为gNB-CU-UP2。但也存该UPF与gNB-CU-UP1或者gNB-CU-UP2之间还存在着其他UPF的情况,此时变更的就是N9传输通道的下行传输地址。Step 3: The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2. However, there are also other UPFs between the UPF and the gNB-CU-UP1 or gNB-CU-UP2. In this case, the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel is changed.
步骤4a、4b:UPF向gNB-CU-UP1发送了一个针对用户终端1的结束标记,附于某个数据包后;UPF向gNB-CU-UP2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送了一个针对用户终端1的开始标记(即第一标记),附于某个数据包后。这两个数据包的内容是相同的。由于N3传输通道上的数据包几乎总是按序传输的,这也就意味着,对于任何早于上述结束标记向gNB-CU-UP1所发送的数据包,其内容必定不会包含于任何晚于上述开始标记向gNB-CU-UP2所发送的数据包之中。Steps 4a and 4b: UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB-CU-UP1, which is attached to a certain data packet; UPF sends gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) to A start marker (ie, the first marker) for the user terminal 1 is attached to a certain data packet. The contents of the two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB-CU-UP1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any later In the data packet sent to gNB-CU-UP2 in the above start marker.
步骤5a、5b:gNB-CU-UP1与gNB-CU-UP2分别针对每一个下行数据包,按照业务流与无线承载的映射关系,为其依次分配了PDCP计数值,并生成相应的PDCP数据包。在收到步骤4a、4b之中所描述的结束标记与开始标记后,它们自行推算出针对每个业务承载的计数值,此处不妨将gNB-CU-UP1所推算出的、针对某一无线承载的计数值记作Xa(即所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),将gNB-CU-UP2所推算出的、针对相应(即包含相同的业务流)的无线承载的计数值为Xb(所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),二者满足如下两条关系之中的任何一条:Steps 5a and 5b: gNB-CU-UP1 and gNB-CU-UP2 respectively assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet according to the mapping relationship between service flow and radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets. . After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 4a and 4b, they calculate the count value for each service bearer by themselves. The count value of the bearer is denoted as Xa (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer), and the calculated value of the gNB-CU-UP2 is calculated for the corresponding (that is, contains the same service flow) The count value of the radio bearer is Xb (the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer), and the two satisfy any one of the following two relationships:
1)对于gNB-CU-UP1(即第一无线接入网网元)所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB-CU-UP2所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的;1) For the PDCP data packet generated by gNB-CU-UP1 (that is, the first radio access network element), if and only if its count value is lower than Xa, the service data contained in it is the one before the end marker. Received, and for the PDCP data packet generated by the gNB-CU-UP2, if and only if its count value is lower than Xb, the service data contained in it is received before the start marker;
2)对于gNB-CU-UP1所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB-CU-UP2所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的。2) For the PDCP data packet generated by gNB-CU-UP1, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xa, the service data contained in it is received before the end marker, and for gNB-CU-UP2 The generated PDCP data packet, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xb, contains service data that is received before the start marker.
步骤6a、6b:gNB-CU-UP1与gNB-CU-UP2均通过空口发送了业务数据。由于终端1已经在第2步与gNB-CU-UP2建立了连接,其已经可以收到gNB-CU-UP2以多播的形式发送的属于上述会话的业务数据了。Steps 6a, 6b: Both gNB-CU-UP1 and gNB-CU-UP2 send service data through the air interface. Since the terminal 1 has established a connection with the gNB-CU-UP2 in the second step, it can already receive the service data belonging to the above-mentioned session sent by the gNB-CU-UP2 in the form of multicast.
步骤7:针对每条无线承载,gNB-CU-UP1(即所述第二无线接入网网元)向gNB-CU-UP2(即所述第一无线接入网网元)发送一个结束标记(即第二标记),其中包含该无线承载的Xa(即所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号)。Step 7: For each radio bearer, gNB-CU-UP1 (that is, the second radio access network element) sends an end marker to gNB-CU-UP2 (that is, the first radio access network element) (that is, the second mark), which contains the Xa of the radio bearer (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer).
步骤8:gNB-CU-UP2(即所述第一无线接入网网元)通过比较Xa与Xb,推算出路径变更前的承载与路径变更后的承载的PDCP数据包之间的对应关系。亦即,gNB-CU-UP2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,gNB-CU-UP2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa-1(可能需要取模操作,后文同理不再重复)的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb-1的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,等等。Step 8: gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) calculates the correspondence between the PDCP data packets of the bearer before the path change and the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB-CU-UP2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and the gNB-CU-UP2 can It is known that the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xa-1 before the path change (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated in the following text) is equivalent to the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path change. included, etc.
步骤9:gNB-CU-UP2(即所述第一无线接入网网元)向用户终端1发送一个PDCP控制PDU,其中包含:Step 9: gNB-CU-UP2 (ie the first radio access network element) sends a PDCP control PDU to user terminal 1, which includes:
一个偏置值(也即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),如Xa-Xb,或者等价地,Xb-Xa,用以告知用户终端1通过旧的PTP无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过新的PTM无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU。或者An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer), such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, with In order to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU sent through the old PTP radio bearer corresponds to which PDCP data PDU sent through the new PTM radio bearer. or
Xa以及Xb,用以告知用户终端1其应当通过旧的PTP无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过新的PTM无线承载接收从哪一个PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Xa and Xb are used to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value it should receive through the old PTP radio bearer, and to inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive through the new PTM radio bearer Beginning of the PDCP data PDU.
步骤10:用户终端接1收到该PDCP控制PDU后,按照PDCP控制PDU中的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性,具体的处理过程请参阅上述例1,此处不再赘述。Step 10: After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity. Please refer to the above example 1 for the specific processing process, which will not be repeated here.
例4,请参阅图6,gNB内不同gNB-CU-UP之间的切换的场景,用户平面途径,有临时承载:Example 4, please refer to Figure 6, the scenario of handover between different gNB-CU-UP within gNB, user plane approach, with temporary bearer:
步骤1:用户终端1通过一个gNB与5G网络相连,并且通过gNB以接收属于某一会话的业务数据。在5G核心网中,该会话业务由一个UPF分发。该gNB内部包含有一个gNB-CU-CP与多个gNB-CU-UP,用户终端1是通过gNB-CU-UP1来接收UPF所发送的、属于该会话的业务数据的。与此同时, 有一些其他用户终端正在通过gNB-CU-UP2来接收该UPF所发送的、属于该会话的业务数据。由于后者数量较多,为了节省空口资源,gNB-CU-UP2为那些用户终端建立了共用的承载,以PTM的方式在空口发送上述业务数据。两个gNB-CU-UP所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的。例如,gNB-CU-UP1将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载1,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载2;gNB-CU-UP2将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载5,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载6,这种情况就属于“两个gNB-CU-UP所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的”的情况。Step 1: The user terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB, and receives service data belonging to a certain session through the gNB. In the 5G core network, this session service is distributed by a UPF. The gNB contains one gNB-CU-CP and multiple gNB-CU-UPs, and the user terminal 1 receives the service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP1. At the same time, some other user terminals are receiving service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through the gNB-CU-UP2. Due to the large number of the latter, in order to save air interface resources, gNB-CU-UP2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and transmits the above service data over the air interface in a PTM manner. The mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs is the same except for the radio bearer identifier. For example, gNB-CU-UP1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2; gNB-CU-UP2 maps service flow 1 in this session to radio bearer 2 Bearer 5, and the service flows 2 and 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, this situation belongs to "the mapping relationship between the service flows executed by the two gNB-CU-UPs to the radio bearers is the same except for the radio bearer identification. ' situation.
步骤2:由于用户终端1的移动等原因,gNB-CU-CP决定将针对用户终端1的业务数据发送路径从gNB-CU-UP1变更到gNB-CU-UP2。于是,gNB-CU-CP与用户终端1、gNB-CU-UP1、gNB-CU-UP2、一个或多个gNB-DU、AMF和SMF进行了一系列控制平面信令交互,以完成上述路径变更。由于硬件限制,用户终端1同一时刻只能与gNB-CU-UP1与gNB-CU-UP2之中的一个连接。为了保证业务连续性,gNB-CU-CP决定启用数据前转机制。具体地,其向gNB-CU-UP2发送一条接口消息,请求其针对用户终端1,针对该会话中用户终端1在路径变更前正在接收的每一个无线承载,建立一个相应的临时的无线承载,用于向用户终端1以PTP的方式发送gNB-CU-UP1前转而来的业务数据。gNB-CU-UP2接纳了上述请求,并针对上述每一个无线承载分配了一个传输层地址。Step 2: Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB-CU-CP decides to change the service data transmission path for the user terminal 1 from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2. Therefore, gNB-CU-CP performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB-CU-UP1, gNB-CU-UP2, one or more gNB-DUs, AMF and SMF to complete the above path change . Due to hardware limitations, the user terminal 1 can only be connected to one of the gNB-CU-UP1 and the gNB-CU-UP2 at the same time. In order to ensure business continuity, gNB-CU-CP decides to enable the data forwarding mechanism. Specifically, it sends an interface message to gNB-CU-UP2, requesting it to establish a corresponding temporary radio bearer for user terminal 1 and for each radio bearer that user terminal 1 is receiving before the path change in the session, It is used to send the service data forwarded from the gNB-CU-UP1 to the user terminal 1 in a PTP manner. gNB-CU-UP2 accepts the above request and assigns a transport layer address to each of the above radio bearers.
步骤3:针对上述每一个无线承载,gNB-CU-UP1通过上述传输层地址,开始向gNB-CU-UP2前转上述业务数据。Step 3: For each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, gNB-CU-UP1 starts to forward the above-mentioned service data to gNB-CU-UP2 through the above-mentioned transport layer address.
步骤4:SMF向UPF发送了一条信令,告知其针对该会话、针对用户终端1的下行地址发生变化,通常来说,就是由gNB-CU-UP1变更为gNB-CU-UP2。但也存该UPF与gNB-CU-UP1或者gNB-CU-UP2之间还存在着其他UPF的情况,此时变更的就是N9传输通道的下行传输地址。Step 4: The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB-CU-UP1 to gNB-CU-UP2. However, there are also other UPFs between the UPF and the gNB-CU-UP1 or gNB-CU-UP2. In this case, the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel is changed.
步骤5a、5b:UPF向gNB-CU-UP1发送了一个针对用户终端1的结束标记,附于某个数据包后;UPF向gNB-CU-UP2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送了一个针对用户终端1的开始标记(即第一标记),附于某个数据包后。这 两个数据包的内容是相同的。由于N3传输通道上的数据包几乎总是按序传输的,这也就意味着,对于任何早于上述结束标记向gNB-CU-UP1所发送的数据包,其内容必定不会包含于任何晚于上述开始标记向gNB-CU-UP2所发送的数据包之中。Steps 5a, 5b: UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB-CU-UP1, which is attached to a certain data packet; UPF sends gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) to A start marker (ie, the first marker) for the user terminal 1 is attached to a certain data packet. The contents of these two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB-CU-UP1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any later In the data packet sent to gNB-CU-UP2 in the above start marker.
步骤6a、6b:gNB-CU-UP1与gNB-CU-UP2分别针对每一个下行数据包,按照业务流与无线承载的映射关系,为其依次分配了PDCP计数值,并生成相应的PDCP数据包。gNB-CU-UP1向gNB-CU-UP2(即第一无线接入网网元)按照步骤3的描述,前转用户终端1所需接收的每一个下行数据包,其中包含反映了PDCP计数值的信息。Steps 6a and 6b: gNB-CU-UP1 and gNB-CU-UP2 respectively assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet according to the mapping relationship between service flow and radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets. . gNB-CU-UP1 forwards to gNB-CU-UP2 (that is, the first radio access network element) according to the description in step 3, forwards each downlink data packet that the user terminal 1 needs to receive, which contains a PDCP count value that reflects Information.
步骤7:针对上述每一个无线承载,当gNB-CU-UP1已经向gNB-CU-UP2发送完所有早于步骤5a所接收的、映射到该无线承载的数据包之后,gNB-CU-UP1(即第二无线接入网网元)向gNB-CU-UP2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送一个结束标记(即第二标记),以表示针对用户终端1、针对该无线承载的数据前转已经完成。这个结束标记隐式地针对了该无线承载上最后一个前转的PDCP数据包的计数值,或者等价地,该计数值+1。Step 7: For each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, after gNB-CU-UP1 has sent to gNB-CU-UP2 all packets mapped to the radio bearer received earlier than step 5a, gNB-CU-UP1 ( That is, the second radio access network element) sends an end marker (that is, the second marker) to the gNB-CU-UP2 (that is, the first radio access network element) to indicate that the user terminal 1 and the radio bearer Data forwarding has been completed. This end marker implicitly refers to the count value of the last forwarded PDCP data packet on the radio bearer, or equivalently, the count value +1.
步骤8a、8b:gNB-CU-UP2通过空口发送上述业务数据。其中,从gNB-CU-UP1前转而来的数据通过相应的临时的无线承载以PTP的方式发送,而直接从UPF收到的数据则通过步骤1所描述的共用的承载以PTM的方式发送。可选地,当从gNB-CU-UP1前转而来的数据均已成功为用户终端1所接收后,gNB-CU-UP2释放该临时的无线承载。Steps 8a and 8b: gNB-CU-UP2 sends the above service data through the air interface. Among them, the data forwarded from gNB-CU-UP1 is sent in the way of PTP through the corresponding temporary radio bearer, and the data directly received from the UPF is sent in the way of PTM through the shared bearer described in step 1. . Optionally, after the data forwarded from gNB-CU-UP1 has been successfully received by user terminal 1, gNB-CU-UP2 releases the temporary radio bearer.
步骤9:在收到步骤7、5b之中所描述的结束标记与开始标记后,gNB-CU-UP2自行推算出针对每个业务承载的计数值,此处不妨将针对某一个用于向用户终端1以PTP的形式发送数据的无线承载的计数值记作Xa,将针对相应(即包含相同的业务流)的以PTM的形式发送数据的无线承载的计数值为Xb,二者满足如下两条关系之中的任何一条:Step 9: After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 7 and 5b, gNB-CU-UP2 calculates the count value for each service bearer by itself. The count value of the radio bearer that the terminal 1 sends data in the form of PTP is denoted as Xa, and the count value of the radio bearer that sends data in the form of PTM for the corresponding (that is, containing the same service flow) is Xb, both of which satisfy the following two: any of the relationships:
1)对于从gNB-CU-UP1前转而来的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于针对该承载的结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB-CU-UP2按照步骤6b的描述自行生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的;1) For the PDCP data packet forwarded from gNB-CU-UP1, if and only if its count value is lower than Xa, the service data it contains is received prior to the end marker for the bearer, and For the PDCP data packet self-generated by gNB-CU-UP2 according to the description of step 6b, if and only if its count value is lower than Xb, the service data contained in it is received before the start marker;
2)对于从gNB-CU-UP1前转而来的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于针对该承载的结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB-CU-UP2按照步骤6b的描述自行生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的。2) For the PDCP data packet forwarded from gNB-CU-UP1, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xa, the service data contained in it is received prior to the end marker for the bearer, And for the PDCP data packet generated by gNB-CU-UP2 according to the description of step 6b, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xb, the service data contained in it is received before the start marker.
gNB-CU-UP2(即所述第一无线接入网网元)通过比较Xa与Xb,推算出路径变更前的承载与路径变更后的承载的PDCP数据包之间的对应关系。亦即,gNB-CU-UP2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,gNB-CU-UP2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa-1(可能需要取模操作,后文同理不再重复)的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb-1的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,等等。The gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) calculates the correspondence between the PDCP data packets of the bearer before the path change and the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB-CU-UP2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and the gNB-CU-UP2 can It is known that the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xa-1 before the path change (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated in the following text) is equivalent to the content of the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path change. included, etc.
步骤10:gNB-CU-UP2(即所述第一无线接入网网元)向用户终端1发送一个PDCP控制PDU,其中包含:Step 10: gNB-CU-UP2 (ie, the first radio access network element) sends a PDCP control PDU to user terminal 1, which includes:
一个偏置值(也即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),如Xa-Xb,或者等价地,Xb-Xa,用以告知用户终端1通过临时的PTP无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过共用的PTM无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU。或者An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer), such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, with In order to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU sent through the temporary PTP radio bearer corresponds to which PDCP data PDU sent through the shared PTM radio bearer. or
Xa以及Xb,用以告知用户终端1其应当通过临时的PTP无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过共用的PTM无线承载接收从哪一个PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Xa and Xb are used to inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value it should receive through the temporary PTP radio bearer, and to inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive through the shared PTM radio bearer Beginning of the PDCP data PDU.
步骤11:用户终端接1收到该PDCP控制PDU后,按照PDCP控制PDU中的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性。具体的处理过程请参阅上述例1,此处不再赘述。可选地,当处理完成后,用户终端1释放前文所述的临时的无线承载。Step 11: After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity. For the specific processing process, please refer to the above Example 1, which will not be repeated here. Optionally, after the processing is completed, the user terminal 1 releases the temporary radio bearer mentioned above.
例5,不同gNB之间的切换,控制平面途径:Example 5, handover between different gNBs, control plane approach:
步骤1:gNB1与gNB2均在以PTM的方式传输着业务数据,二者的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的。例如,gNB1将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载1,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载2;gNB2将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载5,而将业务流2、3映射为 无线承载6,这种情况就属于“两个gNB所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的”的情况。Step 1: Both gNB1 and gNB2 are transmitting service data in the manner of PTM, and the mapping relationship between the service flow of the two and the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier. For example, gNB1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2; gNB2 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 5, and maps service flow 2 to radio bearer 2 , 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, and this situation belongs to the situation of "the mapping relationship between the service flows performed by the two gNBs to the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier".
步骤2:gNB1(即所述第一无线接入网网元)向gNB2发送了一条接口消息,其中针对每一个上述无线承载,包含一个指示(即第六信息),其内容为PDCP数据包之间的对应关系,亦即,哪一个通过gNB1所传输的PDCP数据包之中的内容相当于哪一个通过gNB2所传输的PDCP数据包之中的内容。Step 2: gNB1 (that is, the first radio access network element) sends an interface message to gNB2, which includes an indication (that is, sixth information) for each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, the content of which is the content of the PDCP data packet. That is, the content in which PDCP data packet transmitted by gNB1 corresponds to the content in which PDCP data packet transmitted by gNB2.
步骤3:用户终端通过一个gNB1与5G网络相连,并且通过gNB1接收上述业务数据。Step 3: The user terminal is connected to the 5G network through a gNB1, and receives the above service data through the gNB1.
步骤4:由于用户终端1的移动等原因,gNB1决定将该用户终端切换到gNB2。Step 4: Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, gNB1 decides to switch the user terminal to gNB2.
步骤5:gNB2向该用户终端发送了一条RRC重配消息,其中包含切换后的配置信息。这条RRC重配消息经由gNB1的转发送达该用户终端。Step 5: gNB2 sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the user terminal, which includes the configuration information after handover. This RRC reconfiguration message is forwarded to the user terminal via gNB1.
这条RRC重配消息中还包括根据步骤2所接收的PDCP数据包之间的对应关系所生成的指示(即第一信息),其具体内容为:This RRC reconfiguration message also includes an indication (ie, the first information) generated according to the correspondence between the PDCP data packets received in step 2, and its specific content is:
一个偏置值(即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),用以告知该用户终端通过切换前的无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过切换前的无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU。或者An offset value (that is, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer) to inform the user terminal of the PDCP sent by the radio bearer before handover The data PDU corresponds to which PDCP data PDU sent by the radio bearer before handover. or
两个阈值Xa(也即所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号)以及Xb(所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),用以告知该用户终端其应当通过切换前的无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过切换前的无线承载接收从哪一个PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Two thresholds Xa (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer) and Xb (the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer), using To inform the user terminal which PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value it should receive through the pre-handover radio bearer, and to inform the user terminal which PDCP data PDU it should receive through the pre-handover radio bearer starting from which PDCP count value .
步骤6:用户终端接收到这条RRC重配消息后执行切换,然后按照该RRC重配消息携带的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性,具体可参阅上述例1,此处不再赘述。Step 6: The user terminal performs handover after receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, and then performs subsequent processing according to the content carried in the RRC reconfiguration message to ensure service continuity. For details, refer to the above example 1, which will not be repeated here.
例6,请参阅图7,不同gNB之间的切换,用户平面途径。Example 6, see Figure 7, Handover between different gNBs, user plane approach.
步骤1:用户终端1通过一个gNB1与5G网络相连,并接收属于某一会 话的业务数据。在5G核心网中,该业务由一个UPF分发。与此同时,有一些其他用户终端正在通过gNB2来接收UPF所发送的、属于该会话的业务数据。由于后者数量较多,为了节省空口资源,gNB2为那些用户终端建立了共用的承载,以PTM的方式在空口发送上述业务数据。两个gNB所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的。例如,gNB1将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载1,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载2;gNB2将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载5,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载6,这种情况就属于“两个gNB所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的”的情况。Step 1: User terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB1, and receives service data belonging to a certain session. In the 5G core network, the service is distributed by a UPF. At the same time, some other user terminals are receiving service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through gNB2. Due to the large number of the latter, in order to save air interface resources, gNB2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and sends the above-mentioned service data over the air interface in a PTM manner. The mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNBs is the same except for the radio bearer identifier. For example, gNB1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2; gNB2 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 5, and maps service flow 2 to radio bearer 2 , 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, and this situation belongs to the situation of "the mapping relationship between the service flows performed by the two gNBs to the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier".
步骤2:由于用户终端1的移动等原因,gNB1决定将用户终端1切换至gNB2。于是,gNB1与用户终端1、gNB2、AMF和SMF进行了一系列控制平面信令交互,以完成上述切换过程。Step 2: Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB1 decides to switch the user terminal 1 to the gNB2. Therefore, gNB1 performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB2, AMF and SMF to complete the above handover process.
步骤3:SMF向UPF发送了一条信令,告知其针对该会话、针对用户终端1的下行地址发生变化,通常来说,就是由gNB1变更为gNB2。但也存该UPF与gNB1或者gNB2之间还存在着其他UPF的情况,此时变更的就是N9传输通道的下行传输地址。Step 3: The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2. However, there are also other UPFs that exist between the UPF and gNB1 or gNB2. In this case, the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel is changed.
步骤4a、4b:UPF向gNB1发送了一个针对用户终端1的结束标记,附于某个数据包后;UPF向gNB2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送了一个针对用户终端1的开始标记(即第一标记),附于某个数据包后。这两个数据包的内容是相同的。由于N3传输通道上的数据包几乎总是按序传输的,这也就意味着,对于任何早于上述结束标记向gNB1所发送的数据包,其内容必定不会包含于任何晚于上述开始标记向gNB2所发送的数据包之中。Steps 4a and 4b: UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB1, which is attached to a data packet; UPF sends a start marker for user terminal 1 to gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element). A marker (ie, the first marker), attached to a data packet. The contents of the two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any packet after the above start marker. In the data packet sent to gNB2.
步骤5a、5b:gNB1与gNB2分别针对每一个下行数据包,按照业务流与无线承载的映射关系,为其依次分配了PDCP计数值,并生成相应的PDCP数据包。在收到步骤4a、4b之中所描述的结束标记与开始标记后,它们自行推算出针对每个业务承载的计数值,此处不妨将gNB1所推算出的、针对某一无线承载的计数值记作Xa,将gNB2所推算出的、针对相应(即包含相同的业务流)的无线承载的计数值为Xb,二者满足如下两条关系之中的任何一条:Steps 5a and 5b: gNB1 and gNB2 respectively assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet according to the mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets. After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 4a and 4b, they calculate the count value for each service bearer by themselves. Here, the count value for a certain radio bearer calculated by gNB1 may be used. Denoted as Xa, the count value of the corresponding radio bearer (that is, containing the same service flow) calculated by gNB2 is Xb, and the two satisfy any one of the following two relations:
1)对于gNB1所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB2所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的;1) For the PDCP data packet generated by gNB1, if and only if its count value is lower than Xa, the service data contained in it is received before the end marker, and for the PDCP data packet generated by gNB2, if and Only when its count value is lower than Xb, the service data contained in it is received before the start marker;
2)对于gNB1所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB2所生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的。2) For the PDCP data packet generated by gNB1, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xa, the service data contained in it is received before the end marker, and for the PDCP data packet generated by gNB2, when And only when its count value is not higher than Xb, the service data contained in it is received before the start tag.
步骤6a、6b:gNB1与gNB2均通过空口发送了业务数据。由于终端1已经在第2步与gNB2建立了连接,其已经可以收到gNB2以多播的形式发送的属于上述会话的业务数据了。Steps 6a, 6b: Both gNB1 and gNB2 send service data through the air interface. Since the terminal 1 has established a connection with the gNB2 in the second step, it can already receive the service data belonging to the above-mentioned session sent by the gNB2 in the form of multicast.
步骤7:针对每条无线承载,gNB1(即第二无线接入网网元)向gNB2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送一个结束标记,其中包含该无线承载的Xa。Step 7: For each radio bearer, gNB1 (ie, the second radio access network element) sends an end marker to gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element), which includes Xa of the radio bearer.
步骤8:gNB2通过比较Xa与Xb,推算出路径变更前的承载与路径变更后的承载的PDCP数据包之间的对应关系。亦即,gNB2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,gNB2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa-1(可能需要取模操作,后文同理不再重复)的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb-1的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,等等。Step 8: The gNB2 calculates the correspondence between the bearer before the path change and the PDCP data packet of the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and gNB2 can know that the count value before the path change is The content contained in the PDCP data packet of Xa-1 (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated hereinafter) is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path is changed, and so on.
步骤9:gNB2向用户终端1发送一个PDCP控制PDU(协议数据单元,Protocol Data Unit),其中包含:Step 9: gNB2 sends a PDCP control PDU (Protocol Data Unit) to user terminal 1, which contains:
一个偏置值(即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),如Xa-Xb,或者等价地,Xb-Xa,用以告知用户终端1通过旧的PTP无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过新的PTM无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU。或者An offset value (ie, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer), such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, to Inform the user terminal 1 which PDCP data PDU sent through the new PTM radio bearer corresponds to the PDCP data PDU sent through the old PTP radio bearer. or
Xa(即所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号)以及Xb(即所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),用以告知用户终端1其应当通过旧的PTP无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过新的PTM无线承载接收从哪一个 PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Xa (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer) and Xb (that is, the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer) are used to inform the user Terminal 1 should receive the PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value through the old PTP radio bearer, and inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive through the new PTM radio bearer.
步骤10:用户终端1接收到该PDCP控制PDU后,按照PDCP控制PDU中的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性。具体的处理过程请参阅上述例1,此处不再赘述。Step 10: After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal 1 performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity. For the specific processing process, please refer to the above Example 1, which will not be repeated here.
例7,请参阅图8,不同gNB之间的切换,用户平面途径,有临时承载。Example 7, please refer to Figure 8, handover between different gNBs, user plane approach, with temporary bearer.
步骤1:用户终端1通过一个gNB1与5G网络相连,并接收属于某一会话的业务数据。在5G核心网中,该业务由一个UPF分发。与此同时,有一些其他用户终端正在通过gNB2来接收UPF所发送的、属于该会话的业务数据。由于后者数量较多,为了节省空口资源,gNB2为那些用户终端建立了共用的承载,以PTM的方式在空口发送上述业务数据。两个gNB所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的。例如,gNB1将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载1,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载2;gNB2将该会话中的业务流1映射为无线承载5,而将业务流2、3映射为无线承载6,这种情况就属于“两个gNB所执行的业务流到无线承载的映射关系,除无线承载标识之外都是相同的”的情况。Step 1: The user terminal 1 is connected to the 5G network through a gNB1, and receives service data belonging to a certain session. In the 5G core network, the service is distributed by a UPF. At the same time, some other user terminals are receiving service data belonging to the session sent by the UPF through gNB2. Due to the large number of the latter, in order to save air interface resources, gNB2 establishes a shared bearer for those user terminals, and sends the above-mentioned service data over the air interface in a PTM manner. The mapping relationship between the service flow and the radio bearer executed by the two gNBs is the same except for the radio bearer identifier. For example, gNB1 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 1, and maps service flows 2 and 3 to radio bearer 2; gNB2 maps service flow 1 in the session to radio bearer 5, and maps service flow 2 to radio bearer 2 , 3 are mapped to the radio bearer 6, and this situation belongs to the situation of "the mapping relationship between the service flows performed by the two gNBs to the radio bearer is the same except for the radio bearer identifier".
步骤2:由于用户终端1的移动等原因,gNB1决定将用户终端1切换至gNB2。于是,gNB1与用户终端1、gNB2、AMF和SMF进行了一系列控制平面信令交互,以完成上述切换过程。由于硬件限制,用户终端1同一时刻只能与gNB1与gNB2之中的一个连接。为了保证业务连续性,gNB1与gNB2一致决定启用数据前转机制。具体地,gNB2针对用户终端1,针对该会话中用户终端1在切换前正在接收的每一个无线承载,分配了一个传输层地址,用以接收gNB1前转而来的业务数据;并且,gNB2针对上述每一个无线承载,均建立一个相应的临时的无线承载,用于向用户终端1以PTP的方式发送gNB1前转而来的业务数据。Step 2: Due to reasons such as the movement of the user terminal 1, the gNB1 decides to switch the user terminal 1 to the gNB2. Therefore, gNB1 performs a series of control plane signaling interactions with user terminal 1, gNB2, AMF and SMF to complete the above handover process. Due to hardware limitations, user terminal 1 can only be connected to one of gNB1 and gNB2 at the same time. In order to ensure business continuity, gNB1 and gNB2 unanimously decided to enable the data forwarding mechanism. Specifically, for the user terminal 1, gNB2 allocates a transport layer address for each radio bearer that the user terminal 1 is receiving before handover in the session to receive the service data forwarded by gNB1; For each of the above radio bearers, a corresponding temporary radio bearer is established for sending the service data forwarded by the gNB1 to the user terminal 1 in a PTP manner.
步骤3:针对上述每一个无线承载,gNB1通过上述传输层地址,开始向gNB2前转上述业务数据。Step 3: For each of the above-mentioned radio bearers, gNB1 starts to forward the above-mentioned service data to gNB2 through the above-mentioned transport layer address.
步骤4:SMF向UPF发送了一条信令,告知其针对该会话、针对用户终端1的下行地址发生变化,通常来说,就是由gNB1变更为gNB2。但也存该UPF与gNB1或者gNB2之间还存在着其他UPF的情况,此时变更的就是N9 传输通道的下行传输地址。Step 4: The SMF sends a signaling to the UPF to inform it that the downlink address for the session and for the user terminal 1 has changed, generally speaking, from gNB1 to gNB2. However, there is also a situation in which other UPFs exist between the UPF and gNB1 or gNB2, and what is changed at this time is the downlink transmission address of the N9 transmission channel.
步骤5a、5b:UPF向gNB1发送了一个针对用户终端1的结束标记,附于某个数据包后;UPF向gNB2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送了一个针对用户终端1的开始标记(即第一标记),附于某个数据包后。这两个数据包的内容是相同的。由于N3传输通道上的数据包几乎总是按序传输的,这也就意味着,对于任何早于上述结束标记向gNB1所发送的数据包,其内容必定不会包含于任何晚于上述开始标记向gNB2所发送的数据包之中。Steps 5a and 5b: UPF sends an end marker for user terminal 1 to gNB1, which is attached to a certain data packet; UPF sends a start marker for user terminal 1 to gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element). A marker (ie, the first marker), attached to a data packet. The contents of the two packets are the same. Since packets on the N3 transmission channel are almost always transmitted in sequence, this means that for any packet sent to gNB1 earlier than the above end marker, its content must not be included in any packet after the above start marker. In the data packet sent to gNB2.
步骤6a、6b:gNB1与gNB2分别针对每一个下行数据包,按照业务流与无线承载的映射关系,为其依次分配了PDCP计数值,并生成相应的PDCP数据包。gNB1向gNB2按照步骤3的描述,前转用户终端1所需接收的每一个下行数据包,其中包含反映了PDCP计数值的信息。Steps 6a, 6b: gNB1 and gNB2 assign PDCP count values to each downlink data packet in turn according to the mapping relationship between service flow and radio bearer, and generate corresponding PDCP data packets. According to the description of step 3, gNB1 forwards each downlink data packet that needs to be received by user terminal 1 to gNB2, which contains information reflecting the PDCP count value.
步骤7:针对上述每一个无线承载,当gNB1已经向gNB2发送完所有早于步骤5a所接收的、映射到该无线承载的数据包之后,gNB1(即第二无线接入网网元)向gNB2(即第一无线接入网网元)发送一个结束标记(即第二标记),以表示针对用户终端1、针对该无线承载的数据前转已经完成。这个结束标记隐式地针对了该无线承载上最后一个前转的PDCP数据包的计数值,或者等价地,该计数值+1。Step 7: For each of the above radio bearers, after gNB1 has sent to gNB2 all the data packets mapped to the radio bearer received earlier than step 5a, gNB1 (ie, the second radio access network element) sends gNB2 (ie, the first radio access network element) sends an end marker (ie, a second marker) to indicate that the data forwarding for the user terminal 1 and for the radio bearer has been completed. This end marker implicitly refers to the count value of the last forwarded PDCP data packet on the radio bearer, or equivalently, the count value +1.
步骤8a、8b:gNB2通过空口发送上述业务数据。其中,从gNB1前转而来的数据通过相应的临时的无线承载以PTP的方式发送,而直接从UPF收到的数据则通过步骤1所描述的共用的承载以PTM的方式发送。可选地,当从gNB1前转而来的数据均已成功为用户终端1所接收后,gNB2释放该临时的无线承载。Steps 8a and 8b: gNB2 sends the above service data through the air interface. Wherein, the data forwarded from gNB1 is sent in the way of PTP through the corresponding temporary radio bearer, and the data directly received from the UPF is sent in the way of PTM through the shared bearer described in step 1. Optionally, after the data forwarded from gNB1 has been successfully received by user terminal 1, gNB2 releases the temporary radio bearer.
步骤9:在收到步骤7、5b之中所描述的结束标记与开始标记后,gNB2自行推算出针对每个业务承载的计数值,此处不妨将针对某一个用于向用户终端1以PTP的形式发送数据的无线承载的计数值记作Xa,将针对相应(即包含相同的业务流)的以PTM的形式发送数据的无线承载的计数值为Xb,二者满足如下两条关系之中的任何一条:Step 9: After receiving the end marker and start marker described in steps 7 and 5b, gNB2 calculates the count value for each service bearer by itself. The count value of the radio bearer that sends data in the form of Xa is denoted as Xa, and the count value of the radio bearer that sends data in the form of PTM for the corresponding (that is, containing the same service flow) is Xb, and the two satisfy the following two relations. any of:
1)对于从gNB1前转而来的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于针对该承载的结束标记所接收的,并且对于 gNB2按照步骤6b的描述自行生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值低于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的;1) For the PDCP data packet forwarded from gNB1, if and only if its count value is lower than Xa, the service data contained in it is received prior to the end marker for the bearer, and for gNB2 according to the steps The PDCP data packet generated by the description of 6b, if and only if its count value is lower than Xb, the service data contained in it is received before the start mark;
2)对于从gNB1前转而来的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xa时,其所包含的业务数据为先于针对该承载的结束标记所接收的,并且对于gNB2按照步骤6b的描述自行生成的PDCP数据包,当且仅当其计数值不高于Xb时,其所包含的业务数据为先于开始标记所接收的。2) For the PDCP data packet forwarded from gNB1, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xa, the service data contained in it is received prior to the end marker for the bearer, and for gNB2 according to The self-generated PDCP data packet described in step 6b, if and only if its count value is not higher than Xb, contains service data that is received prior to the start tag.
gNB2通过比较Xa与Xb,推算出路径变更前的承载与路径变更后的承载的PDCP数据包之间的对应关系。亦即,gNB2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,gNB2可以得知路径变更前计数值为Xa-1(可能需要取模操作,后文同理不再重复)的PDCP数据包所包含的内容相当于路径变更后计数值为Xb-1的PDCP数据包所包含的内容,等等。The gNB2 calculates the correspondence between the PDCP data packets of the bearer before the path change and the bearer after the path change by comparing Xa and Xb. That is, gNB2 can know that the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xa before the path change is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet with the count value Xb after the path change, and gNB2 can know that the count value before the path change is The content contained in the PDCP data packet of Xa-1 (the modulo operation may be required, and the same will not be repeated hereinafter) is equivalent to the content contained in the PDCP data packet whose count value is Xb-1 after the path is changed, and so on.
步骤10:gNB-CU-UP2向用户终端1发送一个PDCP控制PDU,其中包含:Step 10: gNB-CU-UP2 sends a PDCP control PDU to user terminal 1, which includes:
一个偏置值(即所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值(或序列号)之间的偏移量),如Xa-Xb,或者等价地,Xb-Xa,用以告知用户终端1通过临时的PTP无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU相当于哪一个通过共用的PTM无线承载所发送的PDCP数据PDU。或者An offset value (ie, the offset between the PDCP count value (or sequence number) of the first bearer and the second bearer), such as Xa-Xb, or equivalently, Xb-Xa, to The user terminal 1 is informed which PDCP data PDU sent through the shared PTM radio bearer corresponds to the PDCP data PDU sent through the temporary PTP radio bearer. or
Xa(即所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号)以及Xb(即所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号),用以告知用户终端1其应当通过临时的PTP无线承载接收截至哪一个PDCP计数值的PDCP数据PDU,并告知该用户终端其应当通过共用的PTM无线承载接收从哪一个PDCP计数值开始的PDCP数据PDU。Xa (that is, the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer) and Xb (that is, the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer) are used to inform the user The terminal 1 should receive the PDCP data PDU up to which PDCP count value through the temporary PTP radio bearer, and inform the user terminal from which PDCP count value it should receive the PDCP data PDU through the shared PTM radio bearer.
步骤11:用户终端接1收到该PDCP控制PDU后,按照PDCP控制PDU中的内容进行后续处理,以保证业务连续性。具体的处理过程请参阅上述例1,此处不再赘述。可选地,当处理完成后,用户终端1释放前文所述的临时的无线承载。Step 11: After receiving the PDCP control PDU, the user terminal performs subsequent processing according to the content in the PDCP control PDU to ensure service continuity. For the specific processing process, please refer to the above Example 1, which will not be repeated here. Optionally, after the processing is completed, the user terminal 1 releases the temporary radio bearer mentioned above.
请参阅图9,图9是本公开实施例四提供的一种无线接入网网元的结构示意图,该无线接入网网元包括存储器910,收发机920,处理器930:Please refer to FIG. 9. FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network element according to Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure. The wireless access network element includes a memory 910, a transceiver 920, and a processor 930:
存储器910,用于存储计算机程序;收发机920,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器930,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The memory 910 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 920 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 930 is used to read the computer programs in the memory and perform the following operations:
向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or the first information of the terminal. Correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
收发机920,用于在处理器930的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 920 is used for receiving and transmitting data under the control of the processor 930 .
其中,在图9中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器930代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器910代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机920可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器930负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器910可以存储处理器930在执行操作时所使用的数据。9, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 930 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 910 are linked together. The bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 920 may be multiple elements, ie, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like. The processor 930 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 910 may store data used by the processor 930 in performing operations.
处理器930可以是中央处理器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD),处理器也可以采用多核架构。The processor 930 may be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为 第一业务数据。The service data contained in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述向终端发送第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after the sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
释放所述第一承载。The first bearer is released.
可选的,所述向终端发送第一信息之前,还包括:Optionally, before the sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;receiving fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;receiving fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
可选的,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。Optionally, the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
可选的,所述处理器,还用于执行以下操作:Optionally, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。The first information is determined according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
可选的,所述向终端发送第一信息的步骤之前,还包括:Optionally, before the step of sending the first information to the terminal, the method further includes:
接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。Receive sixth information sent by the network element of the second radio access network, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述无线接入网网元,能够实现上述应用于第一无线接入网网元的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned wireless access network element provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiment applied to the first wireless access network element, and can achieve the same Technical effects, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
请参阅图10,图10是本公开实施例五提供的一种终端的结构示意图,该终端包括存储器1010,收发机1020,处理器1030:Please refer to FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure. The terminal includes a memory 1010, a transceiver 1020, and a processor 1030:
存储器1010,用于存储计算机程序;收发机1020,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器1030,用于读取所述存储器1010中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:The memory 1010 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1020 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1030 is used to read the computer programs in the memory 1010 and perform the following operations:
接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Receive the first information sent by the network element of the first radio access network, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
收发机1020,用于在处理器1030的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 1020 is used for receiving and transmitting data under the control of the processor 1030 .
其中,在图10中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1030代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1010代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1020可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口1040还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。10 , the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the processor 1030 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1010 are linked together. The bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 1020 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like Transmission medium. For different user equipments, the user interface 1040 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required equipment, and the connected equipment includes but is not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
处理器1030负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1010可以存储处理器1030在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 1030 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1010 may store data used by the processor 1030 in performing operations.
可选的,处理器1030可以是CPU(中央处理器)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD),处理器也可以采用多核架构。Optionally, the processor 1030 may be a CPU (Central Processing Unit), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or a Complex Programmable Logic Device (Complex). Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also adopt a multi-core architecture.
处理器通过调用存储器存储的计算机程序,用于按照获得的可执行指令执行本申请实施例提供的任一所述方法。处理器与存储器也可以物理上分开布置。The processor is configured to execute any one of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application according to the obtained executable instructions by invoking the computer program stored in the memory. The processor and memory may also be physically separated.
可选的,所述处理器1030,还用于执行以下操作:Optionally, the processor 1030 is further configured to perform the following operations:
若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;If the third PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the first bearer, and the fourth PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
或者,or,
若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三 PDCP数据包。If the fourth PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the second bearer, and the third PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as the fourth PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第五PDCP数据包。If the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet .
可选的,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。If the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet .
可选的,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,还包括:Optionally, after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further includes:
释放所述第一承载。The first bearer is released.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述终端,能够实现上述应用于终端的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned terminal provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments applied to the terminal, and can achieve the same technical effect, and the same technical effect will not be discussed here. The same parts and beneficial effects of the method embodiments will be described in detail.
请参阅图11,图11是本公开实施例六提供的一种用户平面功能模块的结构示意图,所述用户平面功能模块位于核心网中,该用户平面功能模块包括存储器1110,收发机1120,处理器1130:Please refer to FIG. 11. FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane function module provided in Embodiment 6 of the present disclosure. The user plane function module is located in the core network. The user plane function module includes a memory 1110, a transceiver 1120, a processing Device 1130:
存储器1110,用于存储计算机程序;收发机1120,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器1130,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行 以下操作:The memory 1110 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1120 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1130 is used to read the computer programs in the memory and perform the following operations:
接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;receiving seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。Send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the second address. The start tag of the first service data is described.
收发机1120,用于在处理器1130的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 1120 is used for receiving and transmitting data under the control of the processor 1130 .
其中,在图11中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1130代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1110代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1120可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元,这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器1130负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1110可以存储处理器1130在执行操作时所使用的数据。11, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1130 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1110 are linked together. The bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein. The bus interface provides the interface. Transceiver 1120 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, that provide means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like. The processor 1130 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1110 may store data used by the processor 1130 in performing operations.
处理器1130可以是中央处理器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device,CPLD),处理器也可以采用多核架构。The processor 1130 can be a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device, CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述用户平面功能模块,能够实现上述应用于核心网之中的用户平面功能模块的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned user plane functional modules provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above method embodiments applied to the user plane functional modules in the core network, and can achieve the same technology Therefore, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
请参阅图12,图12是本公开实施例七提供的一种无线接入网网元的结构示意图,该无线接入网网元1200包括:Please refer to FIG. 12. FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network element according to Embodiment 7 of the present disclosure. The wireless access network element 1200 includes:
第一信息发送单元1201,用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的 PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。A first information sending unit 1201, configured to send first information to a terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or It is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
可选的,所述第一承载为源无线承载或临时的无线承载,所述第二承载为目标无线承载。Optionally, the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer, and the second bearer is a target radio bearer.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述无线接入网网元1200还包括:Optionally, the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
释放单元,用于释放所述第一承载。a releasing unit for releasing the first bearing.
可选的,所述无线接入网网元1200还包括:Optionally, the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
第四信息接收单元,用于接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;a fourth information receiving unit, configured to receive fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
第五信息接收单元,用于接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;a fifth information receiving unit, configured to receive fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
可选的,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。Optionally, the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, where the first PDCP data packet is a data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception.
可选的,所述无线接入网网元1200还包括:Optionally, the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
第一信息确定单元,用于根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。A first information determining unit, configured to determine the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
可选的,所述无线接入网网元1200还包括:Optionally, the radio access network element 1200 further includes:
第六信息接收模块,用于接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。The sixth information receiving module is configured to receive sixth information sent by the network element of the second wireless access network, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述无线接入网网元,能够实现上述应用于第一无线接入网网元的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned wireless access network element provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiment applied to the first wireless access network element, and can achieve the same Technical effects, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
请参阅图13,图13是本公开实施例八提供的一种终端的结构示意图,该终端1300包括:Please refer to FIG. 13. FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to Embodiment 8 of the present disclosure. The terminal 1300 includes:
第一信息接收单元1301,用于接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。The first information receiving unit 1301 is configured to receive the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count of the second bearer The corresponding relationship between the values, or used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
可选的,所述终端1300还包括:Optionally, the terminal 1300 further includes:
第一丢弃单元,用于若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;A first discarding unit, configured to successfully receive a third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully receive a fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value of the fourth PDCP data packet or If the sequence number corresponds to the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet, discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
或者,or,
第二丢弃单元,用于若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三PDCP数据包。The second discarding unit is configured to successfully receive the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully receive the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value of the third PDCP data packet or If the sequence number corresponds to the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
可选的,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。Optionally, the first information includes the offset between the PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the difference between the PDCP sequence numbers of the first bearer and the second bearer. offset.
可选的,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;Optionally, the first information includes second information and third information, the second information is the count value or sequence number of the first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the third information is the The count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet that has been terminated for reception in the first bearer, and the second PDCP data packet is the second PDCP data packet. The packet started to be received in the bearer;
所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为 第一业务数据。The service data contained in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
可选的,所述终端1300还包括:Optionally, the terminal 1300 further includes:
第三丢弃单元,用于若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第五PDCP数据包。a third discarding unit, configured to discard the fifth PDCP data packet if its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet if the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer the fifth PDCP data packet.
可选的,所述终端1300还包括:Optionally, the terminal 1300 further includes:
第四丢弃单元,用于若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。a fourth discarding unit, configured to discard the sixth PDCP data packet if the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet the sixth PDCP data packet.
可选的,所述终端1300还包括:Optionally, the terminal 1300 further includes:
承载释放单元,用于释放所述第一承载。A bearing releasing unit is used for releasing the first bearing.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述终端,能够实现上述应用于终端的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned terminal provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments applied to the terminal, and can achieve the same technical effect, and the same technical effect will not be discussed here. The same parts and beneficial effects of the method embodiments will be described in detail.
请参阅图14,图14是本公开实施例九提供的一种用户平面功能模块的结构示意图,所述用户平面功能模块位于核心网中,该用户平面功能模块1400包括:Please refer to FIG. 14. FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user plane function module provided in Embodiment 9 of the present disclosure. The user plane function module is located in the core network. The user plane function module 1400 includes:
变更指示单元1401,用于接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;The change instructing unit 1401 is configured to receive the seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
数据传输指示单元1402,用于向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。A data transmission instructing unit 1402, configured to send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker to the access network element corresponding to the second address A start marker is sent for the terminal and for the first service data.
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述用户平面功能模块,能够实现上述应用于核心网之中的用户平面功能模块的方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned user plane functional modules provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the above-mentioned method embodiments applied to the user plane functional modules in the core network, and can achieve the same technology Therefore, the same parts and beneficial effects in this embodiment as those in the method embodiment will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外,在本申请各个实 施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and other division methods may be used in actual implementation. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
在此需要说明的是,本公开实施例提供的上述设备,能够实现对应方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤,且能够达到相同的技术效果,在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。It should be noted here that the above-mentioned devices provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure can implement all the method steps implemented by the corresponding method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effects, and the same technical effects as the method embodiments in this embodiment are not repeated here. The parts and beneficial effects will be described in detail.
本公开实施例十提供一种处理器可读存储介质,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行上述任一种方法。详细请参阅以上对应实施例中方法步骤的说明。A tenth embodiment of the present disclosure provides a processor-readable storage medium, where the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute any one of the foregoing methods. For details, please refer to the description of the method steps in the above corresponding embodiments.
所述处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备,包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。The processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by a processor, including, but not limited to, magnetic storage (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)), etc.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统,尤其是5G系统。例如适用的系统可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时 分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、高级长期演进(long term evolution advanced,LTE-A)系统、通用移动系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)系统、5G新空口(New Radio,NR)系统等。这多种系统中均包括终端设备和网络设备。系统中还可以包括核心网部分,例如演进的分组系统(Evloved Packet System,EPS)、5G系统(5GS)等。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various systems, especially 5G systems. For example, the applicable system may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) general packet Wireless service (general packet radio service, GPRS) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, Long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G New Radio (New Radio, NR) system, etc. These various systems include terminal equipment and network equipment. The system may also include a core network part, such as an evolved packet system (Evloved Packet System, EPS), a 5G system (5GS), and the like.
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备,可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中,终端设备的名称可能也不相同,例如在5G系统中,终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信,无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device),本申请实施例中并不限定。The terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem. In different systems, the name of the terminal device may be different. For example, in the 5G system, the terminal device may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE). Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN). "telephone) and computers with mobile terminal equipment, eg portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiated Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (Personal Digital Assistants), PDA) and other devices. Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point , a remote terminal device (remote terminal), an access terminal device (access terminal), a user terminal device (user terminal), a user agent (user agent), and a user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例涉及的基站可以包括多个为终端提供服务的小区。根据具体应用场合不同,基站又可以称为接入点,或者可以是接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(Internet Protocol,IP)分组进行相互更换,作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,本申请实施例涉及的网络设备可以是全球移动通信系统 (Global System for Mobile communications,GSM)或码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是带宽码分多址接入(Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB),还可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(next generation system)中的5G基站(gNB),也可以是家庭演进基站(Home evolved Node B,HeNB)、中继节点(relay node)、家庭基站(femto)、微微基站(pico)等,本申请实施例中并不限定。在一些网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点,集中单元和分布单元也可以地理上分开布置。The base station involved in the embodiments of the present application may include multiple cells that provide services for the terminal. Depending on the specific application, the base station may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names. The network device can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and act as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network. The network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface. For example, the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA). ), it can also be a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or it can be an evolved network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in 5G network architecture (next generation system), or Home evolved Node B (HeNB), relay node (relay node) , a home base station (femto), a pico base station (pico), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In some network structures, a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be geographically separated.
基站与终端设备之间可以各自使用一或多根天线进行多输入多输出(Multi Input Multi Output,MIMO)传输,MIMO传输可以是单用户MIMO(Single User MIMO,SU-MIMO)或多用户MIMO(Multiple User MIMO,MU-MIMO)。根据根天线组合的形态和数量,MIMO传输可以是2D-MIMO、3D-MIMO、FD-MIMO或massive-MIMO,也可以是分集传输或预编码传输或波束赋形传输等。One or more antennas can be used between the base station and the terminal device for multiple input multiple output (Multi Input Multi Output, MIMO) transmission, and the MIMO transmission can be single user MIMO (Single User MIMO, SU-MIMO) or multi-user MIMO ( Multiple User MIMO, MU-MIMO). According to the form and number of root antenna combinations, MIMO transmission can be 2D-MIMO, 3D-MIMO, FD-MIMO, or massive-MIMO, or diversity transmission, precoding transmission, or beamforming transmission.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media having computer-usable program code embodied therein, including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, and the like.
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block in the flowcharts and/or block diagrams, and combinations of flows and/or blocks in the flowcharts and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer-executable instructions. These computer-executable instructions may be provided to the processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce Means for implementing the functions specified in a flow or flow of a flowchart and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中,使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory result in the manufacture of means including the instructions product, the instruction means implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagram.
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process that Execution of the instructions provides steps for implementing the functions specified in the flowchart or blocks and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
可以理解的是,本公开描述的这些实施例可以用硬件、软件、固件、中间件、微码或其组合来实现。对于硬件实现,模块、单元、子模块、子单元等可以实现在一个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSP Device,DSPD)、可编程逻辑设备(Programmable Logic Device,PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、通用处理器、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、用于执行本申请所述功能的其它电子单元或其组合中。It will be appreciated that the embodiments described in this disclosure may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, or a combination thereof. For hardware implementation, modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC), Digital Signal Processing (DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (Programmable Logic Device, PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processor, controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, for in other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described herein.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (37)

  1. 一种传输方法,应用于第一无线接入网网元,包括:A transmission method, applied to a first radio access network element, includes:
    所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。The first radio access network element sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, Or used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一承载为源无线承载或临时的无线承载,所述第二承载为目标无线承载。The method of claim 1, wherein the first bearer is a source radio bearer or a temporary radio bearer, and the second bearer is a target radio bearer.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。The method of claim 1, wherein the first information includes an offset between PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information includes second information and third information, and the second information is a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, The third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception, and the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer;
    所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further comprises:
    所述第一无线接入网网元释放所述第一承载。The first radio access network element releases the first bearer.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first radio access network element sends the first information to the terminal, the method further comprises:
    所述第一无线接入网网元接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;receiving, by the first radio access network element, fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
    所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;receiving, by the first radio access network element, fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
    第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。The method according to claim 6, wherein the fifth information further comprises a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the first PDCP data packet is the first bearer Received packets at the end of the period.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, further comprising:
    所述第一无线接入网网元根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。The first radio access network element determines the first information according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一无线接入网网元向终端发送第一信息的步骤之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the step of the first radio access network element sending the first information to the terminal, the method further comprises:
    所述第一无线接入网网元接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。The first radio access network element receives sixth information sent by the second radio access network element, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
  10. 一种传输方法,应用于终端,包括:A transmission method, applied to a terminal, includes:
    所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。The terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer , or used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 10, further comprising:
    所述终端若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;If the terminal has successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as the If the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
    或者,or,
    所述终端若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三PDCP数据包。If the terminal has successfully received the fourth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and successfully received the third PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet. If the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。The method of claim 10, wherein the first information includes an offset between PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括第二信息和 第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;The method according to claim 10, wherein the first information includes second information and third information, and the second information is a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, The third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception, and the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer;
    所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein after the terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further comprises:
    所述终端若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第五PDCP数据包。If the terminal successfully receives the fifth PDCP data packet through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein after the terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further comprises:
    所述终端若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。If the terminal successfully receives the sixth PDCP data packet through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet. PDCP packets.
  16. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述终端接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein after the terminal receives the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the method further comprises:
    所述终端释放所述第一承载。The terminal releases the first bearer.
  17. 一种传输方法,应用于核心网之中的用户平面功能模块,包括:A transmission method, applied to a user plane functional module in a core network, includes:
    所述用户平面功能模块接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;The user plane function module receives seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
    所述用户平面功能模块向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。The user plane function module sends an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and sends an end marker for the access network element corresponding to the second address. The terminal and for the start marker of the first service data.
  18. 一种无线接入网网元,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A network element of a wireless access network, comprising a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or the first information of the terminal. Correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the bearer and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。The radio access network element of claim 18, wherein the first information includes an offset between PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer The offset from the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;The network element of the radio access network according to claim 18, wherein the first information includes second information and third information, and the second information is the count of the first PDCP data packets in the first bearer value or sequence number, the third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception, The second PDCP data packet is a data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer;
    所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述向终端发送第一信息之后,所述处理器还用于执行以下操作:The network element of the wireless access network according to claim 18, wherein after the sending the first information to the terminal, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    释放所述第一承载。The first bearer is released.
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述向终端发送第一信息之前,所述收发机还用于:The network element of the wireless access network according to claim 18, wherein before the sending the first information to the terminal, the transceiver is further configured to:
    接收核心网之中的用户平面功能模块发送的第四信息,所述第四信息包括针对第一业务数据的第一标记;receiving fourth information sent by a user plane function module in the core network, where the fourth information includes a first flag for the first service data;
    接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第五信息,所述第五信息包括针对所述第一业务数据的第二标记;receiving fifth information sent by a second radio access network element, where the fifth information includes a second flag for the first service data;
    第一标记和第二标记其中之一为开始标记,另一为结束标记。One of the first marker and the second marker is a start marker, and the other is an end marker.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述第五信息还包括所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包。The network element of the wireless access network according to claim 22, wherein the fifth information further includes a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, and the first PDCP data packet is Data packets for which reception is terminated in the first bearer.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述处理器,还用于执行以下操作:The radio access network element according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    根据所述第四信息和所述第五信息,确定所述第一信息。The first information is determined according to the fourth information and the fifth information.
  25. 根据权利要求18所述的无线接入网网元,其中,所述向终端发送第一信息的步骤之前,所述收发机还用于:The wireless access network element according to claim 18, wherein before the step of sending the first information to the terminal, the transceiver is further configured to:
    接收第二无线接入网网元发送的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述对应关系。Receive sixth information sent by the network element of the second radio access network, where the sixth information is used to indicate the corresponding relationship.
  26. 一种终端,其中,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A terminal, comprising a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。Receive the first information sent by the network element of the first radio access network, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的终端,其中,所述处理器,还用于执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 26, wherein the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    若已经通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,又通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,并且所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第四PDCP数据包;If the third PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the first bearer, and the fourth PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the second bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the fourth PDCP data packet is the same as that of the third PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, then discard the fourth PDCP data packet;
    或者,or,
    若已经通过所述第二承载成功接收第四PDCP数据包,又通过所述第一承载成功接收第三PDCP数据包,并且所述第三PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号与所述第四PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号是对应的,则丢弃所述第三PDCP数据包。If the fourth PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the second bearer, and the third PDCP data packet has been successfully received through the first bearer, and the count value or sequence number of the third PDCP data packet is the same as the fourth PDCP data packet If the count value or sequence number of the PDCP data packet is corresponding, the third PDCP data packet is discarded.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的终端,其中,所述第一信息包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的偏移量或包括所述第一承载与所述第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的偏移量。The terminal of claim 26, wherein the first information includes an offset between PDCP count values of the first bearer and the second bearer or includes the first bearer and the second bearer Offset between PDCP sequence numbers of bearers.
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的终端,其中,所述第一信息包括第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息为所述第一承载中的第一PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号,所述第三信息为所述第二承载中的第二PDCP数据包的计数值或序列号;所述第一PDCP数据包为所述第一承载中截止接收的数据包,所述第 二PDCP数据包为所述第二承载中开始接收的数据包;The terminal according to claim 26, wherein the first information includes second information and third information, and the second information is a count value or a sequence number of a first PDCP data packet in the first bearer, The third information is the count value or sequence number of the second PDCP data packet in the second bearer; the first PDCP data packet is the data packet in the first bearer that is terminated for reception, and the second PDCP data packet The data packet is the data packet that starts to be received in the second bearer;
    所述第一PDCP数据包与所述第二PDCP数据包所包含的业务数据均为第一业务数据。The service data included in the first PDCP data packet and the second PDCP data packet are both first service data.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的终端,其中,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,所述处理器还用于执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 29, wherein after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    若通过所述第一承载成功接收第五PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号大于或等于所述第一PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第五PDCP数据包。If the fifth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the first bearer, and its count value or sequence number is greater than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the first PDCP data packet, discard the fifth PDCP data packet .
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的终端,其中,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,所述处理器还用于执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 29, wherein after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    若通过所述第二承载成功接收第六PDCP数据包,并且其计数值或序列号小于或等于所述第二PDCP数据包之中的计数值或序列号,则丢弃所述第六PDCP数据包。If the sixth PDCP data packet is successfully received through the second bearer, and its count value or sequence number is less than or equal to the count value or sequence number in the second PDCP data packet, discard the sixth PDCP data packet .
  32. 根据权利要求26所述的终端,其中,所述接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息之后,所述处理器还用于执行以下操作:The terminal according to claim 26, wherein after receiving the first information sent by the first radio access network element, the processor is further configured to perform the following operations:
    释放所述第一承载。The first bearer is released.
  33. 一种用户平面功能模块,所述用户平面功能模块位于核心网中,包括存储器,收发机,处理器:A user plane function module, the user plane function module is located in a core network, and includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;收发机,用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据;处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作:a memory for storing a computer program; a transceiver for sending and receiving data under the control of the processor; a processor for reading the computer program in the memory and performing the following operations:
    接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;receiving seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
    向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。Send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the second address. The start tag of the first service data is described.
  34. 一种无线接入网网元,包括:A wireless access network network element, comprising:
    第一信息发送单元,用于向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP 序列号之间的对应关系。The first information sending unit is configured to send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the correspondence between the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer, or use Indicates the correspondence between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  35. 一种终端,包括:A terminal that includes:
    第一信息接收单元,用于接收第一无线接入网网元发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP计数值与第二承载的PDCP计数值之间的对应关系,或用于指示所述终端的第一承载的PDCP序列号与第二承载的PDCP序列号之间的对应关系。a first information receiving unit, configured to receive first information sent by a first radio access network element, where the first information is used to indicate the PDCP count value of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP count value of the second bearer The corresponding relationship between, or used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the PDCP sequence number of the first bearer of the terminal and the PDCP sequence number of the second bearer.
  36. 一种用户平面功能模块,所述用户平面功能模块位于核心网中,包括:A user plane function module, the user plane function module is located in a core network, including:
    变更指示单元,用于接收核心网之中的会话管理功能模块发送的第七信息;其中,所述第七信息用于指示针对终端的下行传输地址由第一地址变更为第二地址;a change instruction unit, configured to receive seventh information sent by the session management function module in the core network; wherein the seventh information is used to indicate that the downlink transmission address for the terminal is changed from the first address to the second address;
    数据传输指示单元,用于向所述第一地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对第一业务数据的结束标记,并向所述第二地址对应的接入网网元发送针对所述终端且针对所述第一业务数据的开始标记。a data transmission instructing unit, configured to send an end marker for the terminal and for the first service data to the access network element corresponding to the first address, and send the end marker to the access network element corresponding to the second address A start marker for the terminal and for the first service data.
  37. 一种处理器可读存储介质,其中,所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行权利要求1至17任一项所述的方法。A processor-readable storage medium, wherein the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program for causing the processor to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 17.
PCT/CN2021/124929 2020-10-21 2021-10-20 Transmission method and device WO2022083627A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011133038.8A CN114390619B (en) 2020-10-21 2020-10-21 Transmission method and device
CN202011133038.8 2020-10-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022083627A1 true WO2022083627A1 (en) 2022-04-28

Family

ID=81193917

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/124929 WO2022083627A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2021-10-20 Transmission method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114390619B (en)
WO (1) WO2022083627A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024027560A1 (en) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Radio bearer processing method and device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023231001A1 (en) * 2022-06-02 2023-12-07 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Methods and apparatus to improve ue experience during inter-du inter-cell beam management

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101753468A (en) * 2008-12-05 2010-06-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Integrated service system and method for forwarding feedback messages for group messages
CN103209394A (en) * 2012-01-11 2013-07-17 鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method and system for group voice data processing and terminal device
CN103475699A (en) * 2013-08-27 2013-12-25 北京创毅讯联科技股份有限公司 Enterprise network agent device and method for enterprise network to communicate with public network
CN105516139A (en) * 2015-12-09 2016-04-20 北京四达时代软件技术股份有限公司 Network data transmission method, device and system
CN109246705A (en) * 2017-06-15 2019-01-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of Data Radio Bearer integrity protection configuration method, terminal and the network equipment
CN111585721A (en) * 2019-02-15 2020-08-25 华为技术有限公司 Entity establishment processing method and device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104509042B (en) * 2012-08-03 2017-11-17 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data processing method, base station and user equipment
CN103888215B (en) * 2012-12-21 2017-11-28 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, device and communication system
CN113423124B (en) * 2016-04-01 2023-10-13 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method for supporting seamless switching and base station equipment
CN108512628A (en) * 2017-02-24 2018-09-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus for higher layer transmission being used in base station, UE
CN111629406B (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-09-07 华为技术有限公司 Method for switching processing, related device, program product and storage medium
CN111629450B (en) * 2019-02-28 2022-06-24 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, related equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101753468A (en) * 2008-12-05 2010-06-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Integrated service system and method for forwarding feedback messages for group messages
CN103209394A (en) * 2012-01-11 2013-07-17 鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method and system for group voice data processing and terminal device
CN103475699A (en) * 2013-08-27 2013-12-25 北京创毅讯联科技股份有限公司 Enterprise network agent device and method for enterprise network to communicate with public network
CN105516139A (en) * 2015-12-09 2016-04-20 北京四达时代软件技术股份有限公司 Network data transmission method, device and system
CN109246705A (en) * 2017-06-15 2019-01-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of Data Radio Bearer integrity protection configuration method, terminal and the network equipment
CN111585721A (en) * 2019-02-15 2020-08-25 华为技术有限公司 Entity establishment processing method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MCC TF160: "D2D ProSe: Introduction of Test Model", 3GPP DRAFT; R5-155058_36523-3_D2D_PROSE_TM, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG5, no. Anaheim, USA; 20151116 - 20151120, 6 November 2015 (2015-11-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051030650 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024027560A1 (en) * 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Radio bearer processing method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114390619A (en) 2022-04-22
CN114390619B (en) 2024-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11758612B2 (en) Communication method and related product
WO2022083627A1 (en) Transmission method and device
WO2021238676A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2022028276A1 (en) Service processing method, information indication method, and terminal and network device
WO2022083484A1 (en) Data transmission control method, apparatus, and storage medium
WO2022073431A1 (en) Data processing method, device, apparatus, and storage medium
US20230171845A1 (en) Multicast and broadcast service establishment
WO2022083364A1 (en) State parameter processing method and apparatus, and network device
WO2023000884A1 (en) Multicast session processing method, network function entity, apparatus, and storage medium
US20220353641A1 (en) Multicast sending and receiving method and apparatus
WO2022037441A1 (en) Transmission mode indication method and apparatus for mbms, and storage medium
WO2022156439A1 (en) Method and device for information transmission, base station, and medium
WO2022188437A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023020276A1 (en) Multicast broadcast service data transmission method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2024016915A1 (en) Pdu set sending method and apparatus, and communication node
WO2023066361A1 (en) Report sending method, terminal, base station, apparatus and storage medium
WO2023061081A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
CN114070482B (en) Service transmission processing method and device, network side equipment and terminal
WO2024066882A1 (en) Control-plane signaling transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024022199A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023011230A1 (en) Control signaling monitoring method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2022120546A1 (en) Multicast and broadcast service session reception mode switching in wireless communication networks
WO2024066399A1 (en) Method and apparatus for entering connected state, and terminal and network device
WO2023143287A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2023011030A1 (en) Method and apparatus for activating data packet, network device, and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21882042

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21882042

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1